Proceedings
Proceedings
Proceedings
Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!
Leverage SEO-optimized Flipbooks, powerful backlinks, and multimedia content to professionally showcase your products and significantly increase your reach.
Sustainable Planning Instruments<br />
and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
<strong>Proceedings</strong> of the 2nd North Vidzeme Bioshere Reserve and Vidzeme University<br />
of Applied Sciences International Scientific Conference of 13–14 November,<br />
2008, Valmiera, Latvia<br />
Edited by Agita Līviņa
UDK 502(474.3)<br />
Su 830<br />
Editor: Dr. Agita Līviņa, Latvia, Vidzeme University of Applied Science<br />
International Scientific Committee:<br />
Otars Opermanis, France, Museum national d' Histoire naturelle<br />
Yukichika Kawata, Japan, Faculty of Economics, Keio University<br />
Brian Craig, Canada, Long Point World Biosphere Reserve Foundation<br />
Graham Whitelaw, Canada, School of Environmental Studies and School of Urban and Regional Planning, Queen’s<br />
University, Ontario<br />
All papers of the proceedings were peer reviewed by independent reviewers.<br />
English language editor: Silvija Kalniņš<br />
Proofreader: Māra Antenišķe<br />
Text layout and cover design: Ilze Reņģe<br />
Cover photo: Andris Soms<br />
© UNDP, ViA, NVBR 2009<br />
Printing of the "Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation” is financed by the United Nations<br />
Development Programme and Global Environment Facility Project “Biodiversity Protection in the North Vidzeme<br />
Biosphere Reserve”, and Latvian Council of Science<br />
Copyright disclaimer: the views expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent<br />
those of the United Nations, including UNDP, or their Member States.<br />
All rights reserved. Printed in Latvia<br />
Suggested citation/example<br />
Bērziņa, A. 2009. Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing Political Viability of Strategic Tourism Direction<br />
Alternatives: the Case of Amata County. In: Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
(ed. Līviņa, A.). University of Latvia Press. Pp. 17–23.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword<br />
BRIAN CRAIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
Sustainable Development and Encouragement of Environmentally Friendly Branches<br />
in the Latvian National Economy<br />
DZINTRA ATSTĀJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />
Integration of Requirements of Nature Management Plans into Spatial Planning: Methods and GIS Tools<br />
JOLANTA BĀRA, KRISTĪNA AKSJUTA, DAINIS LAZDĀNS, MĀRIS NITCIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />
Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing the Political Viability<br />
of Strategic Tourism Direction Alternatives: the Case of Amata County<br />
ILUTA BĒRZIŅA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17<br />
Landscape Planning in Southern Caucasus, the Case of Georgia<br />
RUSUDAN CHOCHUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />
Development of Visitor Impact Management in the Heritage Parks: Theoretical Findings<br />
TAMĀRA GRIZĀNE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29<br />
Consumptive Tourism and Conservation of Natural Resources<br />
YUKICHIKA KAWATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />
Spatial Structures of Tourism in the Rāzna National Park and Planning for Sustainable Development<br />
ANDRIS KLEPERS, MAIJA ROZĪTE, JURIS SMAĻINSKIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />
The Sustainable Development Profile Structure in the Biosphere Reserve<br />
AGITA LĪVIŅA, IVETA DRUVA-DRUVASKALNE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49<br />
Cultural and Natural Heritage: the Case Study of Vestiena Landscape Protected Area in Latvia<br />
AIJA MELLUMA, MĀRTIŅŠ LŪKINS, RONALDS KRŪMIŅŠ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
Monitoring of the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse in Specially Protected Nature Territories<br />
EDWARD MONGIN, YURI BOGUTSKI, NICHOLAS CHERKAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />
Spatial Planning and Bioenergy: Use of GIS Instruments<br />
ILZE NEIMANE, JURIS ZARIŅŠ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning and Biodiversity Conservation:<br />
a Case Study of the Monitoring the Moraine Project, Oak Ridges Moraine, Southern Ontario, Canada<br />
GRAHAM WHITELAW,DANIEL MCCARTHY, DEBBE CRANDALL,<br />
JOYCE CHAU, KATRINA BROUGHTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77<br />
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
ADAM WILSON and BRIAN CRAIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87<br />
ISBN 978-9984-45-121-3<br />
Publisher: Academic Press of the University of Latvia<br />
Printed by: Ltd “Latgales Druka”<br />
Available at: www.biosfera.gov.lv and www.va.lv
Foreword<br />
As society’s dependence on the resources delivered by<br />
ecosystems increases, due in large part to a burgeoning<br />
global population and escalating consumption, our<br />
ecosystems are experiencing increasing stress, and the<br />
need to assure ecological sustainability has become<br />
widely recognized. Healthy ecosystems are inextricably<br />
linked to healthy economies, and both are directly<br />
linked to a healthy quality of life. The United Nations<br />
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization’s<br />
(UNESCO) Biosphere Reserve Program was established<br />
to facilitate research and information sharing to advance<br />
healthy ecosystems, healthy economies, and healthy<br />
societies and cultures, which are integrated in the term<br />
sustainable development.<br />
The North Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve (NVBR)<br />
designated by UNESCO in 1997 is one of 531 biosphere<br />
reserves in 105 countries around our globe. Biosphere<br />
reserves are areas of terrestrial or coastal ecosystems<br />
internationally recognized for promoting and<br />
demonstrating a balanced relationship between humans<br />
and nature. The principle tenants of the Biosphere<br />
Reserve Program include the conservation of ecosystems,<br />
landscapes, species and genetic variation; the promotion<br />
of economic development at the local level that is socially,<br />
culturally and ecologically sustainable; and support<br />
for scientific research and monitoring, education, and<br />
information sharing on issues of biodiversity conservation<br />
and sustainable economic development.<br />
The Second Scientific Conference of the North<br />
Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve attracted over a hundred<br />
local, national, and international participants and<br />
provided an excellent platform for presenters to share<br />
successes and challenges with respect to advancing<br />
ecological, economic, cultural and social sustainability.<br />
The papers delivered at the conference can be grouped<br />
into the disciplines of planning, tourism, and monitoring.<br />
A short synopsis of the delivered papers follows.<br />
Sustainable development depends on strategic<br />
planning at the local, regional, national and international<br />
level. Melluma et al’s paper describes how the<br />
Latvian government’s endorsement of the European<br />
Landscape Convention in 2007 is contributing to a<br />
holistic understanding of landscape conservation and<br />
management systems. The Vestiena protected landscape<br />
area is a prime example of planning for integrating<br />
cultural and natural heritage. The paper by Bāra et al<br />
illustrates the importance of completing the mapping of<br />
the specially protected nature territories in Latvia so that<br />
managers and developers have current information with<br />
which to avoid incompatible development that could<br />
threaten the habitats of the species of the European<br />
Union and international importance. Neimane and<br />
Zariņš demonstrate the value of Geographic Information<br />
Systems (GIS) for planning purposes to ensure resource<br />
availability, economic efficiency and sustainable use of<br />
biomass for heat and power production. The Atstāja paper<br />
demonstrates the need for a Latvian national pollution<br />
inventory to prioritize and guide pollution prevention,<br />
and, concomitantly, effective mechanisms to inform<br />
the public and decision makers of the enviromental<br />
consequences and economic rationale for pollution<br />
prevention. Cochua’s paper on the Caucasus Ecoregion,<br />
one of the 25 globally significant biodiversity hotspots,<br />
provides a good example of an international government<br />
and non-government cooperative landscape planning<br />
exercise to address ecological and economic stability.<br />
Sustainable tourism is proving to be a tangible<br />
economic driver in many countries, but only after<br />
adequate planning, collaboration, and infrastructure<br />
development, which often takes a number of years.<br />
The papers by Klepers et al and Bērziņa discuss<br />
the importance of entrepreneurial and institutional<br />
collaboration and provide examples of the cluster concept<br />
from the Rāzna National Park area and hierarchy analysis<br />
in Amata county. Grizāne addresses environment and<br />
tourism complexities with respect to minimizing visitor<br />
impacts. Kawata explores the two types of natural<br />
resource use – consumptive and non-consumptive – and<br />
demonstrates how these must often be balanced to ensure<br />
the conservation of the local landscape.<br />
Sustainable development also depends on sufficient<br />
monitoring at all scales. Whitelaw et al illustrate<br />
the valuable role of community-based monitoring in<br />
engaging government and citizens to track and respond<br />
to issues of common community concern. Mongin<br />
et al’s paper on the Great Snipe and Black Grouse<br />
explains how maintaining a mosaic of habitat types, and<br />
balancing consumptive use, is essential to biodiversity<br />
conservation. Both Wilson et al and Mongin et al’s<br />
5
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
papers highlight the importance of long-term data sets in<br />
addressing ecological and species-specific issues.<br />
Of particular relevance to the North Vidzeme<br />
Biosphere Reserve (NVBR) is the paper by Līviņa<br />
and Druva-Druvaskalne. In their paper they describe<br />
the process of choosing 20 indicators divided into four<br />
thematic groups – environmental (35%), social (20%),<br />
economic (20%) and institutional (25%) – for describing<br />
and monitoring the current status and future development<br />
of the NVBR. After completing an extensive survey of<br />
a cross-section of residents, considering current theory,<br />
other biosphere reserve development profiles, and<br />
current plans and governance of the NVBR, the authors<br />
have posed three future scenarios for the NVBR, and<br />
included institutional and economic suggestions for<br />
achieving sustainability.<br />
BRIAN CRAIG<br />
Past-President, Canadian Biosphere Reserves Association<br />
Board of Directors, Long Point World Biosphere Reserve Foundation<br />
The second scientificconferenceoftheNorthVidzeme<br />
Biosphere Reserve brought together participants and<br />
authors from Latvia, Belarus, Canada, France, Georgia,<br />
and Japan, demonstrating the interest and desire of the<br />
local and international community to share and learn from<br />
the successes and challenges of others so that sustainable<br />
development can be effectively implemented in their own<br />
community and county. The Brundtland Commission<br />
defined sustainable development as “meeting the<br />
needs of the present without compromising the ability<br />
of future generations to meet their own needs.” By<br />
continuing working together through the world network<br />
of biosphere reserves family – researching, monitoring,<br />
educating and sharing successes and challenges – we can<br />
maintain that balance between people and nature without<br />
compromising the resources of future generations.<br />
Sustainable Development and Encouragement of Environmentally<br />
Friendly Branches in the Latvian National Economy<br />
DZINTRA ATSTĀJA 1<br />
Abstract<br />
The Latvian national economy tends towards sustainable development and activities conform with EU requirements.<br />
The ideology of environmental protection is comparatively new in Latvia, and it is based on the concept that it is<br />
necessary to turn from the protection of separate nature elements and economical usage of resources to overall<br />
protection of ecosystems, the securing of the quality of human life environment and environmental policy which<br />
would provide lasting and balanced development.<br />
The author provides a review on the completed work, describes obtained results, emphasizes scientific novelty of the<br />
article, practical importance of obtained results and the necessity to introduce them in professional education and the<br />
national economy. The author did her research with the help of computer technology.<br />
The paper attempts to present the analysis of economic processes in today’s Latvia through finding the reasons for<br />
rapid economic growth and the implication of it on other macroeconomic processes. The author has researched<br />
and valued pollution caused by economic activities in Latvia, presenting advice and conclusions about the present<br />
situation in branches of the economy and the state.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
Human being’s life passes and its activities are carried out<br />
in interaction with nature. Man – society – nature: this<br />
triad has created numerous problems in the course of time,<br />
and they are of especially vital importance nowadays. An<br />
ideological conflict between environmental protection<br />
and providing social technological development has<br />
arisen in the industrialized part of the world. However,<br />
in the society this opinion has significantly changed<br />
lately in favour of environmental protection. Nowadays<br />
the transition to applying “clean” technologies and<br />
reducing senseless use of natural resources in the<br />
production process is taking place, in order to achieve<br />
sustainable development, for instance, management of a<br />
product’s “life cycle”, waste recycling and disposal in an<br />
environmentally friendly way.<br />
The basic idea of the author is to detect and avoid<br />
causes of environment protection problems and not to<br />
act only after the pollution has occurred. Sometimes<br />
avoiding pollution can help in the significant reduction of<br />
expenses. Up until now there was no united methodology<br />
for the calculation of economic losses from environment<br />
pollution caused by economic activities, as well as no<br />
system for improving effectiveness of nature protection<br />
activities within the economic activities and national<br />
economy in general. The pollution problem in general can<br />
be evaluated as consequences of “intellectual” pollution.<br />
By this, in the framework of this work, the author means<br />
that ignorance of pollution danger and its consequences<br />
make a human being uninterested in limiting and<br />
eliminating it through the human being’s activities.<br />
These considerations determined the choice of the article.<br />
Informing society about environment pollution caused<br />
by economic activities, as well as engaging society in<br />
environmental protection activities will be an instrument<br />
for conducting a national economic evaluation. The<br />
economic evaluation of environmental pollution, the<br />
resolution of its theoretical, practical and methodological<br />
problems give scientific grounds for certain conclusions<br />
and recommendations for introducing nature protection<br />
activities in the national economy.<br />
In the context of this research and sustainable<br />
development, the author offers to recognize branches<br />
with the lowest consumption of resources that can be<br />
measured, and the ones which create the minimal possible<br />
damage (pollution) to environment, as environmentally<br />
friendly.<br />
2 Methods<br />
The information for this paper is drawn from three<br />
sources: from dissertation research the author has carried<br />
out, study course materials and practical experience.<br />
Besides the above mentioned, the author has studied<br />
the experience in limiting environmental pollution and<br />
1<br />
Dr. oec., BA School of Business and Finance, Kr.Valdemāra 161, Riga, LV-1013, Latvia, e-mail: dzintra.atstaja@gmail.com<br />
6<br />
7
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
applying economic methods in other countries. In order<br />
to compare development tendencies of environmental<br />
protection activities, the experience of both the former<br />
Soviet Union’s republics and other countries has<br />
been studied. To inform society on a wider scale, as<br />
well as to inform interested persons and institutions,<br />
information technology possibilities were investigated<br />
and computerized distance learning approbated for<br />
popularizing the research results.<br />
To achieve the set goal and to fulfill tasks, the author<br />
has investigated and characterized the environment<br />
situation created by economic activities and macromodeling<br />
approach in market economy conditions. For<br />
easier perception of the research work, the author divides<br />
environment characteristics into two levels: a level of<br />
economic activities and a level of the national economy.<br />
Within the work it has been found out that methods<br />
of quantitative macro-economic analysis, statistics,<br />
econometrics, optimization, balance models and<br />
imitation models’ systems can be used in making analytic<br />
calculations. It is ascertained that Paul A. Samuelson’s<br />
three main macro-economic functions: effectiveness,<br />
fairness and stability, have to be observed in order to<br />
make an economic evaluation of pollution created<br />
by economic activities, when implementing various<br />
policies: economic policy, internal policy, economic<br />
foreign policy, demographic and regional policy, fiscal<br />
and monetary policy, etc.<br />
3 Results<br />
The author has chosen national economy branches<br />
according to the NACE 2 classification (Rew 1.1.<br />
Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the<br />
European Community). An important criterion for<br />
modeling is data availability. Currently the polluted and<br />
potentially polluted places can be identified by using<br />
statistical data about formerly functioning municipal<br />
and industrial waste dumping sites, oil holding areas,<br />
terminals, storehouses of artificial fertilizers and<br />
pesticides, cattle-breeding complexes and railway<br />
stations. In order to choose criteria for economic activity<br />
modeling, the author clarifies the suitable economic<br />
8<br />
Avoiding expected<br />
economic losses<br />
instruments used in the practice of other countries.<br />
The author recommends to arrange the most important<br />
environmental protection issues and tasks according to<br />
the branches and problems.<br />
Since terminology related to “sustainability” is used<br />
more and more often in the daily speeches of politicians<br />
and businessmen, people start understanding that<br />
environmental problems should be perceived in a wider<br />
context than they have up until now. These are not only<br />
environmental “protection” issues, but also reflect the<br />
long-term orientation of the development of economic<br />
activities and economic strategy.<br />
Sustainable development means solving any<br />
economic, social or environmental issue in a way that<br />
the accepted decision is favourable or unfavourable as<br />
little as possible for the development of other branches.<br />
The sustainable development concept includes physical<br />
conditions, political notions, meanings regarding the<br />
quality of life and welfare, and optimized influence on<br />
the environment in order to provide availability of its<br />
resources for future generations. It has been determined<br />
that a question on further effective restructuring of<br />
national economy sectors, promoting more rapid<br />
development of environmentally friendly branches,<br />
becomes vital in Latvia. Conclusions about the country’s<br />
development can be made by analyzing its economic<br />
parameters, and first of all, GDP.<br />
In making economic decisions on the national<br />
economy, the following parameters have to be analyzed:<br />
structure of all expenditures, financing sources<br />
and creation of their structure, and mechanisms of<br />
stimulating them, price of activities to avoid pollution,<br />
i.e. the positive and negative results of the activity. In<br />
Fig. 1, the author shows basic issues of rational economic<br />
activities, which are to be dealt with in order to achieve<br />
better economic effect.<br />
Through analyzing the environment of economic<br />
activities – theoretical aspects of the economic system,<br />
and building on the principles and methodology of<br />
environment economic monitoring, productive variables<br />
and parameters of model input have been chosen. Methods<br />
developed by several scientists and their analyses are<br />
Basic issues of economic decisions to achieve economic effect<br />
Reducing losses<br />
caused by economic<br />
sanctions<br />
Increasing profit<br />
by using resources<br />
saving technologies<br />
Figure 1. General schema of forecasting environment economic effectiveness<br />
2<br />
NACE – Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Union<br />
Gaining profit from<br />
selling, recycling and<br />
utilizing waste<br />
Regional socioeconomic<br />
effect<br />
Sustainable Development and Encouragement of Environmentally Friendly Branches in the Latvian National Economy<br />
Avoiding expected economic loss from<br />
possible technological faults and liquidating<br />
accident consequences<br />
n m<br />
T<br />
a<br />
q<br />
U = ∑ ∑ ρij<br />
⋅[ ( kγ<br />
ij<br />
⋅ M<br />
ijaij<br />
+ Cij<br />
) qij<br />
− C<br />
P<br />
ij<br />
]<br />
i=<br />
1<br />
j=<br />
1<br />
Reducing enterprises’ and organizations’<br />
expenses for environment pollution caused as<br />
the result of economic activities<br />
l hN<br />
U<br />
N<br />
∆C<br />
= S<br />
fz<br />
⋅[<br />
∆M<br />
fz<br />
+ ⋅(<br />
M<br />
fz<br />
− M<br />
fz<br />
)]<br />
S ∑ ∑<br />
α<br />
f = 1<br />
z=<br />
1<br />
Regional social economic effect from nature<br />
preservation activities<br />
RE SE<br />
r<br />
Figure 2. Creating environment economic effect according to directions<br />
used for modeling, by creating new models and methods,<br />
which are appropriate for conditions in Latvia. Through<br />
analog mathematical coherences, mutual interaction<br />
between system parameters and external environment is<br />
shown, thus modeling the most important parameters of<br />
environment economic effectiveness:<br />
1) sum of discounted benefits, creating integral<br />
economic effect of environment according to certain<br />
directions;<br />
2) expected economic losses from possible technological<br />
faults and preventing or liquidating consequences<br />
after accidents;<br />
3) reducing enterprise’s/organization’s expenses that<br />
are connected with pollution created by economic<br />
activities;<br />
4) regional socio-economic effect;<br />
5) increase of profit by introducing resource-saving<br />
technologies in basic production;<br />
6) increase of profit gained by recycling, selling and<br />
utilizing waste;<br />
7) socio-economic effect in the country and within<br />
the municipalities from environmentally friendly<br />
activities;<br />
8) the sum of discounted expenditures from investments<br />
and invention of environment protection activities;<br />
9) criterion of environment economic effectiveness.<br />
The model of the main parameters and directions<br />
of environment economic effectiveness are depicted in<br />
Fig. 2.<br />
Sum of discounted profits<br />
e T U W O<br />
P = U + ∆C<br />
+ ∆<br />
r t p s P + ∆<br />
r P +<br />
r Er<br />
or<br />
N<br />
e −t<br />
∑ (1 + r)<br />
Prt<br />
t=<br />
1<br />
Criterion of environment<br />
economic effectiveness<br />
N<br />
−t<br />
∑ Prt<br />
(1 + r)<br />
IP<br />
t=<br />
1<br />
r<br />
=<br />
N<br />
N<br />
∑<br />
t=<br />
1<br />
I +<br />
∑<br />
t=<br />
1<br />
C (1 + r)<br />
C t<br />
(1 + r)<br />
t<br />
−t<br />
Sum of discounted profits from<br />
w aste reducing and investments and<br />
n ature resources preserving<br />
activities<br />
−t<br />
SE<br />
Profit increase by using resource saving<br />
technologies in basic production<br />
v x<br />
W<br />
e e<br />
Z Z<br />
∆ = ∑ ∑ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅( − ) ⋅ ⋅? ? + ? P [<br />
r W Q gk gk k<br />
+<br />
gk gk K I 1 d<br />
= k =<br />
? U k C k<br />
g 1 1<br />
w<br />
w reg<br />
O O O<br />
+ Q ⋅∆K<br />
⋅ ? H +<br />
P<br />
− C<br />
?+ ?<br />
Q ⋅K<br />
⋅( 1−<br />
I ) ⋅C<br />
]<br />
gk gk k k gk gk gk gk k<br />
?<br />
Profit increase from selling, recycling and<br />
utilizing waste<br />
ϕ<br />
v ϕ<br />
O<br />
? OP Q OC<br />
∆ = +<br />
⋅ + ⋅ ∆<br />
Q<br />
?+ ?<br />
Pr<br />
∑Q ∑ ∑ Q<br />
γ Pγ<br />
γ P γ Q<br />
g g gγ<br />
C gγ<br />
γ = 1<br />
g=<br />
1 γ = 1<br />
?<br />
x<br />
+ ∑ C ?<br />
⋅ ? ϕ<br />
O<br />
Z Z<br />
⋅ 1+<br />
+<br />
??<br />
⋅∑<br />
⋅∆<br />
k<br />
k<br />
k=<br />
?<br />
d k<br />
? U k C k ??<br />
W γ<br />
1 γ = 1<br />
x ϕ<br />
b<br />
w<br />
+ ∑ ∑ ⋅ ? W<br />
+ −<br />
k γ<br />
= γ =<br />
H k γ P k γ C<br />
k 1 1<br />
State social economic effect from nature<br />
preservation activities<br />
SE<br />
Scientific studies for the article were carried out<br />
based on systemic analysis and other research methods,<br />
solutions were prepared with analysis software SPPS<br />
(“Statistical Package for Social Sciences”) and the<br />
spreadsheet programme MS Excel.<br />
The author has concluded that the basic questions on<br />
using economic methods might be an important aspect<br />
in informing society and involving the latter into their<br />
acknowledgement and evaluation activities. A problem<br />
to compare values with different units and parameters<br />
occurs (expenses or profits), which means that all values<br />
connected to the utilization (or use) of environmental<br />
resources have to be converted into market meanings. In<br />
many cases it can be done, based on market prices.<br />
Within the work, it is determined that in the Western<br />
countries, in macroeconomic analysis and forecasting<br />
two macro-modeling approaches are used most often:<br />
AGE models, based on Leon Walras’ general balance<br />
theory, and macro-econometric models, mainly based<br />
on John F. Kain’s macro-economic balance.<br />
In Latvia, since the 60s of the 20 th century, interindustrial<br />
balances, based on inter-industry analysis<br />
or input-output analysis, which is a field of economics<br />
worked out by Vassiliy Leontief, Professor, Nobel Prize<br />
laureate in economy, have been prepared. Therefore,<br />
speaking about inter-industry analysis, very often the<br />
term “the Leontief’s model” is applied. Using this<br />
model in the national economy in general, coherences<br />
between amounts of production and services of various<br />
national economy branches and their production end<br />
use can be defined.<br />
?<br />
K<br />
?<br />
ow<br />
kγ<br />
reg<br />
k γ<br />
+<br />
? ?<br />
?<br />
9
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Development of computer technologies has turned<br />
inter-industry analysis into a widely used tool in planning<br />
and management of macro-economic processes. Using<br />
the system of input-output tables and improving the initial<br />
information, it is possible to make a complex analysis of<br />
the national economy and to make development forecasts,<br />
taking into consideration the following factors:<br />
a. changes in the structure of production costs and<br />
productivity;<br />
b. employment and unemployment;<br />
c. forming the capital and its effectiveness;<br />
d. end use and export structure;<br />
e. influence on the environment by manufacturing<br />
various products;<br />
f. necessary amounts of import, following the demand<br />
for energy resources;<br />
g. The possible impact of introducing new technologies,<br />
etc.<br />
Environmental sustainability is the process of<br />
making sure current processes of interaction with the<br />
environment are pursued with the idea of keeping the<br />
environment as pristine as naturally possible based<br />
on ideal-seeking behavior. The aim of sustainable<br />
development in Latvia is connected with measures to<br />
reduce increases in pollution and even faster increases in<br />
consumption, which are putting unsustainable pressure<br />
on our natural resource base. The pollution of branches<br />
is shown in Table 1.<br />
Table 1. Environment pollution created by economic activities<br />
Branch*<br />
10<br />
CO 2<br />
coefficient<br />
of the full<br />
costs<br />
(kg/LVL)<br />
Hard<br />
material<br />
BA<br />
(hazardous<br />
waste) coefficient<br />
of the<br />
full costs<br />
Analyzing data obtained by using the Leontjevs’<br />
model, various proposals how to increase gross domestic<br />
product (GDP) and promote development of economy are<br />
made. The work clarifies that expansion of an industry<br />
branch causes an increase of GDP. Further investments<br />
in production modernization, also by attracting means<br />
of the EU funds, will enhance the productivity of the<br />
branch and its competitiveness. However, promoting the<br />
industry branch has also its disadvantages, as increase<br />
of its proportion in the GDP structure causes more<br />
substantial environmental pollution. This means that<br />
production should be promoted gradually, using natural<br />
resources carefully and taking into consideration the<br />
possibility of environmental pollution.<br />
4 Discussion<br />
Based on the results of the research, the author develops<br />
an environment inter-industry model in order to prove<br />
with further calculations a grounded necessity of the<br />
introduction of economic tools. It is implemented by<br />
working out and introducing innovation projects, as<br />
well as by attributing investments and supporting the<br />
development of environmentally friendly branches<br />
of the national economy, because in order for the<br />
national economy to develop, there is a need for<br />
planned calculations at the national level. By using the<br />
possibilities of computer technologies, calculations<br />
are made to verify the practical application of checked<br />
theoretical conclusions. These calculations make it<br />
SO 2<br />
coefficients<br />
of the full costs<br />
(kg/thousand<br />
LVL)<br />
The full air<br />
pollution<br />
(t/LVL)<br />
GOS and VOC<br />
coefficient of<br />
the full costs<br />
The full<br />
pollution<br />
of CnHm<br />
(mg/LVL)<br />
A 1.44 2.22 5.15 0.81 8.91 0.36 82.03<br />
B 2.11 0.74 6.33 1.16 6.40 0.30 54.32<br />
C 14.34 11.69 2.88 1.91 32.93 0.59 83.6<br />
D 3.97 3.00 46.81 1.61 13.62 0.77 128.42<br />
E 17.44 3.35 2.25 12.75 50.85 0.18 1985.81<br />
F 0.89 1.17 6.62 0.54 5.02 0.27 56.79<br />
G 0.27 0.49 4.86 0.54 3.98 0.66 118.1<br />
H 0.49 1.42 18.92 1.02 8.55 0.43 106.42<br />
I 0.40 0.46 3.93 0.72 5.61 2.34 68.66<br />
J 0.00 0.12 1.14 0.17 1.01 0.00 18.31<br />
K 1.01 0.54 3.78 0.73 5.18 0.28 96.13<br />
L 5.76 0.45 4.02 1.16 3.69 0.30 79.36<br />
M 2.66 0.92 3.63 1.12 7.62 0.00 104.11<br />
N 3.39 1.14 4.99 0.92 8.00 0.17 73.74<br />
O 3.14 0.91 2.69 3.86 11.24 0.23 102.39<br />
* The denotations of branches are taken from the NACE classification.<br />
Sustainable Development and Encouragement of Environmentally Friendly Branches in the Latvian National Economy<br />
Annual expenses<br />
Acceptable<br />
level of<br />
payments<br />
Tr.eff.<br />
0 50 100%<br />
0 50 100%<br />
Figure 3. Coherence between annual expenses and treatment effectiveness (Tr. eff.)<br />
possible to define the existing environment pollution,<br />
consumption of resources and the general situation from<br />
the inter-branch point of view.<br />
Results of the research are connected with the<br />
investigation and improvement of methods for making<br />
an economic evaluation of environmental polluton in<br />
order to use them in the national economy.<br />
Local municipalities in Latvia and other new<br />
member states of the European Union face many similar<br />
environmental problems, for instance, water, air and<br />
soil pollution, waste, uncontrolled use of resources. As<br />
the Latvian experience has shown, municipalities can<br />
degrade the environment significantly. Therefore, these<br />
institutions have to seriously improve their effectiveness<br />
in the field of environmental protection.<br />
The information mentioned and the inter-industry<br />
analysis provide grounds for developing economic<br />
activities at the regional level and determine the most<br />
important fields to avoid and reduce pollution.<br />
Results of the author’s research work and calculations<br />
prove their topicality, especially in the light of the fact that<br />
under the framework of the National Lisbon Programme<br />
of Latvia for 2005–2008, Latvia is to improve the<br />
quality of the activities related to technological transfer<br />
and strengthening cooperation between the educational<br />
and research establishments and branches of industry.<br />
Accordingly, one of the main goals of economic planning<br />
documents in innovation and industrial policy field in the<br />
framework of economic policy in Latvia, is knowledgebased<br />
economic development, which includes both the<br />
development of new branches with high added value<br />
and increasing efficiency and added value of traditional<br />
industrial branches.<br />
The introduction of sustainable production principles<br />
is closely connected with industry’s modernization<br />
processes and increasing productivity.<br />
One of the basic principles in avoiding pollution is<br />
not to increase expenses on the account of treatment<br />
processes, but in parallel to environmental improvements<br />
to create a positive economic effect. Annual expenses<br />
A<br />
Annual expenses<br />
A<br />
of the technology usually increase exponentially to<br />
treatment effectiveness (Figure 3 A). On the right side<br />
of Fig. 3, there is a case when to achieve high level of<br />
purification, the second generation environmental<br />
technologies (B) have to be introduced and there<br />
is a need to transfer further to the third generation<br />
technologies (C). Zones of intensive pollution have<br />
remained in the territory of Latvia. From there pollution<br />
spreads further into groundwaters, surface waters, food<br />
chains, and thus endangers human health. Part of these<br />
territories are governed by municipalities, which, in<br />
their turn, do not have enough means at their disposal<br />
and lack specialists, etc.<br />
In case the pollution occurred before April 30, 2007,<br />
investigation and rehabilitation of the polluted and<br />
potentially polluted places is performed according to the<br />
law “On Pollution”.<br />
Currently the polluted and potentially polluted places<br />
can be acknowledged by using statistical data about<br />
formerly functioning muncipal and industrial waste<br />
dumping sites, oil holding areas, terminals, storehouses<br />
of artificial fertilizers and pesticides, cattle-breeding<br />
complexes and railway stations.<br />
Lack of inventory and control processes over the<br />
polluted territories limits their planning and development<br />
in the future, because the land assessed value and amount<br />
of the relevant real estate tax depend on the land pollution<br />
level. The problem of polluted places in Latvia has not<br />
been considered a priority before, and there were not<br />
enough means for improvements of the polluted places.<br />
Although the relevant legislation exists, the process of<br />
acknowledgment of polluted and potentially polluted<br />
places is not yet completed, and rehabilitation of only<br />
a few of them has been carried out. The EU Member<br />
States have to identify industrial complexes performing<br />
polluting activities according to the economic sectors<br />
(NACE classification).<br />
Participating countries must identify industrial<br />
complexes whose annual air and water pollution levels<br />
exceed the defined quantity, and they must inform the<br />
B<br />
C<br />
Tr.eff.<br />
11
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Sustainable Development and Encouragement of Environmentally Friendly Branches in the Latvian National Economy<br />
Number of facilities<br />
European Commission about these industries. The<br />
European industry branches that exceed the defined<br />
quantity are shown in Figure 4.<br />
The greatest numbers of companies that exceed<br />
pollution limits are in Rīga, Daugavpils and Liepāja.<br />
5 Concluding Remarks<br />
Based on the research carried out, the following main<br />
conclusions are drawn.<br />
1. Results of the research are connected with the<br />
investigation and improvement of the methods for<br />
economic evaluation of environmental pollution in<br />
order to apply them at enterprises and organizations,<br />
with developing economic-mathematical models and<br />
adjusting them to real planning of environmental<br />
protection activities and including them into strategic<br />
plans as well as in investment projects. From the<br />
economics point of view, it would be correct to choose<br />
that kind of resources’ utilization that would permit<br />
achieving the highest effectiveness.<br />
2. The structure of environmental pollution in Latvia<br />
depends on the structure of the national economy<br />
branches. It is complicated to choose the best method<br />
12<br />
3000<br />
2500<br />
2000<br />
1500<br />
1000<br />
500<br />
0<br />
895<br />
Combustion<br />
174<br />
Refineries<br />
Coke ovens<br />
17 15<br />
Coal plants<br />
825<br />
688 669<br />
Metal industry<br />
325<br />
34<br />
118<br />
328<br />
Activity<br />
Figure 4. Categories whose pollution limits are exceeded in Europe<br />
Cement, clinker, lime mineral<br />
Organic chemicals<br />
Inorganic chemicals<br />
Biocides and explosives<br />
Pharmaceuticals<br />
Hazardous/municipal waste<br />
908<br />
Nonhazardous waste/landfills<br />
402<br />
Pulp and paper<br />
131 26<br />
643<br />
Textiles<br />
Tanning<br />
Slaughterhouses, milk production<br />
for the evaluation of pollution created by economic<br />
activities, because due to unjustified, frequent changes<br />
in the requirements of legislation, the data structure<br />
(accounting and information) necessary for modeling<br />
also changes. The economic situation of Latvia is still<br />
in the stage of transmission from traditional economy<br />
to sustainable economy.<br />
3. Pollution and its increase depends on three main<br />
factors – the total number of population, welfare of<br />
society and devising and use of various technologies.<br />
Pollution development (direction) cannot always be<br />
measured. The increase in resource consumption<br />
is not necessarily needed for economic growth, as<br />
the same and even better results can be achieved<br />
by a more useful utilization of resources, including<br />
restructuring of branches, recycling of resources and<br />
introduction of environmental protection activities.<br />
4. There are problems with the various interpretations<br />
of the definition of sustainable development. Very<br />
often sustainable development is talked about as a<br />
totality of environmental protection activities only,<br />
or equal development of the regions and the centre,<br />
or sustainable development of the territory, or<br />
development of the national economy (sustainable<br />
21<br />
Animal waste<br />
2801<br />
Poultry and pigs<br />
346<br />
Surface treatment<br />
11<br />
Carbon<br />
growth, sustainable production development). It is<br />
necessary to use a common explanation of the term,<br />
which has been written into the law “On Environment<br />
Protection”: “sustainable development – integral<br />
and balanced development of society welfare, the<br />
environment and economy that satisfies the current<br />
social and economic needs of the population and<br />
permits observing requirements of environmental<br />
protection without endangering possibilities to satisfy<br />
the needs of future generations, as well as ensures<br />
preservation of biological diversity”.<br />
5. Economic activities always leave an impact on<br />
the environment. The strategy of sustainable<br />
development is based on the dematerialization<br />
conception – provision of a certain welfare level, at<br />
the same time reducing material consumption needs<br />
and resource consumption. Latvia as a European<br />
Union Member State has a duty to implement<br />
policies that provide sustainable development<br />
principles, but the government, in its turn, has to<br />
ensure implementation monitoring. Environmentally<br />
friendly economic activities have to be grounded on<br />
calculations of expenditures – benefits – resource<br />
consumption, and other calculations.<br />
Summarizing the conclusions of the research work,<br />
the author makes the following proposals.<br />
1. A national-level inventory is needed in order to<br />
ascertain current pollution, to acknowledge the<br />
possible pollution and to provide preventive activities.<br />
The classification of the polluted places is provided<br />
in the law “On Pollution”, but there is no instrument<br />
which would force municipalities to get involved<br />
and provide information. Therefore, the government<br />
should ensure the collection of relevant information<br />
and make it accessible for the society at large.<br />
2. Society lacks understanding about types of pollution,<br />
its amount and consequences. There is lack of<br />
information about particular branch pollution and<br />
possible risks; therefore, the Regional Boards of the<br />
State Environmental Inspectorate have to publish lists<br />
of the enterprises and organizations which have been<br />
notified about polluting activities, corresponding<br />
to the Cabinet of Ministers Regulations No. 294 of<br />
July 9, 2002, “Regulations on the procedure for the<br />
notification of category A, B and C polluting activities<br />
and issuing category A and B permits”.<br />
3. In calculations made for fostering development of<br />
environmentally friendly branches, the structural<br />
changes theory by economists A. C. Fisher and C. W.<br />
Clark, as well as V. Leontjevs’ inter-industry balance<br />
mathematical model, should be used for adjusting<br />
the economic instruments on the national level, for<br />
instance, for working out a more flexible tax policy.<br />
4. Municipalities should organize informative,<br />
explanatory and educative seminars and discussions,<br />
where the society on a broader scale would be able<br />
to clarify information about economic activities in<br />
the municipality’s territory and its impact on the<br />
environment, as well as provide free consultations for<br />
the population with the help of e-environment.<br />
5. Analyzing the impact of the EU structural funds on<br />
the Latvian environment infrastructure development,<br />
it is useful to evaluate the economic effectiveness of<br />
investments of the projects, including calculations of<br />
the economic effect of the treatment of environment.<br />
As an obligatory requirement for the economic<br />
grounds of investment projects, repayment time<br />
and expenditure base of environmental protection<br />
activities should be introduced.<br />
References<br />
1. Atstāja D. Economic assessment of environment pollution<br />
created by economic activities in Latvia. Summary<br />
of Doctoral Dissertation. R: RTU, 2008. 42 p. ISBN 978-<br />
9984-32-855-3<br />
2. Arhipova I., Bāliņa S. Statistika ekonomikā. Risinājumi ar<br />
SPSS un Microsoft Excel. Rīga: Datorzinību centrs, 2003.,<br />
352 lpp. ISBN 0084-665-19-4<br />
3. Frolova L. Matemātiskā modelēšana ekonomikā un<br />
menedžmentā. Teorija un prakse. Rīga: SIA JUMI, 2005.,<br />
438 lpp. ISBN 9984-617-64-5<br />
4. Latvijas Izmaksu – izlaides tabulas 1997. Rīga: Latvijas<br />
Republikas Centrālā Statistikas pārvalde, 2001., 287 lpp.<br />
ISBN 9984-06-114-0<br />
5. Barry C. Field, Martha K. Field. Environmental economics:<br />
an introduction. Third Edition, NY: McGraw-Hill<br />
Companies, 2002, p. 510. ISBN 0-07-242921-6<br />
6. EPER, The European Pollutant Emission Register. http://<br />
www.eper.cec.eu.int/eper/default.asp<br />
7. Perman R., Ma Y., McGilvray J., Common M. Natural<br />
Resource and Environmental Economics. Third Edition,<br />
London: Pearson Education Limited, 2003, p. 699. ISBN<br />
0273655590.<br />
8. Tietenberg T. Environmental Economics & Policy, 5 th edition.<br />
Pearson Addison-Wesley, 2007, p. 537.<br />
9. The History of Economic Thought. http://homepage.<br />
newschool.edu/het/<br />
10. The world factbook. Field Listing – GDP – composition by<br />
sector GDP – composition by sector (%). http://www.cia.<br />
gov/cia/publications/factbook/fields/2012.html<br />
13
Integration of Requirements of Nature Management Plans into Spatial<br />
Planning: Methods and GIS Tools<br />
JOLANTA BĀRA, KRISTĪNA AKSJUTA, DAINIS LAZDĀNS, MĀRIS NITCIS 1<br />
Introduction<br />
Latvia has about 15 years experience of the development<br />
of nature management plans for Specially Protected<br />
Nature Territories (SPNTs). This process is currently<br />
regulated by several legal acts (laws and regulations<br />
of the Cabinet of Ministers). Nevertheless, it is still<br />
challenging to achieve integration of the requirements<br />
of nature management plans (NMPs) into spatial<br />
planning (SP).<br />
The article provides an analysis of the tools and<br />
methods for integration of nature conservation issues<br />
into spatial planning. This includes using GIS tools,<br />
Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) and<br />
other methods.<br />
Applying GIS tools in nature management plans<br />
and during their implementation helps to assess<br />
environmental impact and pressures of several activities<br />
to vulnerable habitats and species, as well as serves as an<br />
easily accessible source of information. It is necessary<br />
to accumulate data of various characteristics and from<br />
a range of sources for the creation of management plans<br />
for Specially Protected Nature Territories. This includes<br />
geographic, geological, biological, and ecological<br />
data as well as economic and legal analysis referring<br />
to SPNTs, structural zoning, encountered specially<br />
protected species and biotopes, land cadastre, forms<br />
of cadastre-registered property and land owners, etc.<br />
This vast expanse of information is best organized<br />
when thematically structured with electronic data bases<br />
accompanying each constituent component, which will<br />
facilitate its further use in the GIS setting for sampling,<br />
splitting or merging, and thematic restructuring of<br />
information (e.g. areas exposed to erosion or biologically<br />
valuable areas) (Lazdāns, Nitcis, 2008).<br />
Most of the habitats in SPNTs are vulnerable to<br />
recreational pressure and commercial activities. These<br />
habitats are not mapped and evaluated in all SPNTs.<br />
Therefore, the activities of lake owners, renters, water<br />
users, landowners and municipalities threaten these<br />
habitats. For example, houses, car parking places<br />
and camping sites can be accidentally built into the<br />
areas of endangered habitats. GIS mapping with the<br />
information identified above would allow managers to<br />
select less valuable habitats for building, thus leaving the<br />
endangered habitats untouched.<br />
All SPNTs contain habitats and species of EU and<br />
international importance, but they are not inventoried or<br />
mapped fully. Only the most important and immediate<br />
threats to such habitats are identified. There are no<br />
detailed habitat maps in municipalities. Due to incomplete<br />
information, further management and building activities<br />
can threaten the habitats.<br />
The GIS-based methods are one of the possibilities to<br />
achieve incorporation of nature conservation measures<br />
into spatial planning documents.<br />
Examples: 3-D modeling and erosion risk assessment<br />
(Lazdāns, Nitcis, 2008); 3-D modeling and planning of<br />
tourism infrastructure and build-up areas, and digital<br />
databases and interactive maps of nature values.<br />
Nevertheless, there are still gaps and limitations.<br />
The main gaps in transferring information from nature<br />
management plans to spatial plans can be linked to the<br />
low awareness of nature conservation among spatial<br />
planning specialists, as well as the limited knowledge<br />
among developers of nature management plans for<br />
SPNTs (Bāra, 2007).<br />
Other limitations are differences in procedures and<br />
contents of both planning documents (Table). Most<br />
influencing factors are the different aims of these<br />
planning documents (nature conservation in case of<br />
NMPs, and the regional development in case of SPs),<br />
and different procedures and structures of both planning<br />
documents, which can confuse and make suspicious<br />
spatial planners, municipality staff members and local<br />
people alike. The difference in administrative borders<br />
of SPNTs and municipalities/regions can be rated<br />
dually – both an advantage and challenge, because there<br />
is the opportunity to gather together more people from<br />
different municipalities and get more information and<br />
opinions, as well as the risk of more unsurfaced ambitions<br />
and personal/historical disagreements among people<br />
1<br />
Daugavpils University, Vienības iela 13, Daugavpils, LV-5400 Latvia, e-mail: jolanta.bara@biology.lv,<br />
kristina.aksjuta@biology.lv, dainis.lazdans@du.lv, maris.nitcis@biology.lv<br />
15
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Table. Differences in procedures and contents of spatial plans and nature management plans<br />
Validity<br />
Nature management plans<br />
5–15 years<br />
Spatial plans<br />
12 years<br />
Administrative borders<br />
Border of SPNT (can include parts<br />
of several municipalities)<br />
Border of municipality or region<br />
Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing the Political Viability of<br />
Strategic Tourism Direction Alternatives: the Case of Amata County<br />
Procedure Different Different<br />
Structure Different Different<br />
Functional zoning Similar Similar<br />
Permitted and restricted activities Similar Similar<br />
Aims<br />
Sustainable land use<br />
Nature conservation<br />
from different administrative regions. Hence, the former<br />
disagreements among different towns or villages could<br />
be brought into the process of development of NMPs.<br />
Methods of Integration<br />
For the sake of co-operation and connectivity with spatial<br />
plans, nature management plan development should<br />
include: (1) analysis of all planned activities in SPs<br />
against nature conservation aims to identify potential<br />
conflicts between development, e.g. building, tourism,<br />
roads, railways and power lines, and rare species and<br />
habitats, and migratory routes; (2) based on such analysis,<br />
suggestions for amendments of SPs (if needed); (3) the<br />
map of functional (structural) zoning, and (4) draft<br />
individual regulations for specific SPNTs with restricted<br />
activities defined in each zone (Bāra, 2007).<br />
The same stands for the development of spatial plans:<br />
the procedure should include analysis of all NMPs in an<br />
administrative territory, applying requirements of draft<br />
individual regulations, suggestions for amendments and<br />
functional zoning to specific areas of SPNTs.<br />
One of the tools for integration of NMPs into spatial<br />
plans is the Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment<br />
(SEIA) procedure, where all data layers from the NMP<br />
can be used. The SEIA is part of spatial planning<br />
procedure where all aspects of possible environmental<br />
impact during implementation of spatial plans have to<br />
Sustainable land use<br />
Regional development<br />
be evaluated and possible development scenarios must<br />
be provided. The SEIA includes analysis of impact<br />
on vulnerable habitats and species in SPNTs, even if<br />
potentially threatening activities are planned outside the<br />
SPNT.<br />
Conclusion<br />
Digital maps, data bases, functional zoning, appropriate<br />
protection measures, and management plans for habitats<br />
of European Union importance must be available<br />
in municipalities and governmental environmental<br />
institutions. This gives an opportunity to coordinate<br />
the activities and management actions presupposed by<br />
the SPNT nature management plans and by the local<br />
municipalities through spatial planning.<br />
More suggestions include: raising awareness and<br />
training among spatial planners and developers of nature<br />
management plans.<br />
References<br />
Lazdāns, D. Nitcis, M. 2009. Dabas aizsardzības plāns<br />
“Aizsargājamo ainavu apvidus “Kaučers””, Vides ministrija.<br />
Bāra, J. 2007. Dabas aizsardzības plāns “Dabas parks<br />
“Bauska””, Vides ministrija.<br />
Bāra, J. 2007. Dabas aizsardzības plāns “Dabas liegums<br />
“Raķupes ieleja””, Vides ministrija.<br />
ILUTA BĒRZIŅA 1<br />
Abstract<br />
The development of territories and industries is planned on different levels and one of them is the local government<br />
level. The development of tourism cannot be allowed without assessing solutions on the development of nature, cultural<br />
heritage, landscapes, and different levels of tourism policy. Based on the results of the tourism resource inspection<br />
conducted in Amata county in 2007 and on the necessity for the local government to start tourism planning in the<br />
territory, it is concluded that strategic state tourism resources in the province have the following characteristics: a<br />
rich heritage relating to the history of civilization – 55 monuments that are located in excellent scenes, and nature<br />
resources in a wide territory of 37.5% of the county. From all the resources only a small part has been involved in<br />
tourism – Āraiši lake castle, Āraiši windmill, Zvārtes rock. All current tourism development and business are based<br />
on these sites, exposing them to concentrated loads of tourists. Therefore, when starting to plan tourism development<br />
at the local government level, four alternatives were set to define a strategically supported type of tourism. To clarify<br />
the objectives of 21 tourism development stakeholders in the province and the policy conformity of the alternatives,<br />
an analysis of tourism institutional resources was needed based on the study of the operational policies of the parties<br />
involved, as well as expert opinions. The hierarchy analysis (HA) was used and, as a result, the most suitable course<br />
of strategically supported tourism for the Amata county of the Cēsis district – nature tourism – was defined.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The necessity for planning tourism development in a<br />
local government appears when there is an opinion on<br />
the need for a better living environment; confidence that<br />
the existing traditional solution will not provide it; when<br />
alternative solutions exist which can be implemented<br />
using the available resources. Tourism development<br />
cannot be separated from natural and historical heritage,<br />
or from the assessment of landscapes and different levels<br />
of tourism policy (NGO “Zaļais ordenis”, 2007). After<br />
an audit of resources is conducted, alternatives and<br />
choices usually emerge, for instance, on finding a kind<br />
of tourism supported by the local government, which<br />
is very essential in planning the budget, environment<br />
protection, development and tourism. An alternative is<br />
“each of two or more possibilities that eliminate each<br />
other” (Baldunčiks, 2007).<br />
Two phases exist in the process of finding the<br />
final alternative: defining and evaluating alternatives<br />
(including assessment of their impact), and keeping the<br />
best (Valtenbergs, 2003). Three main principles must<br />
be considered in selecting and assessing alternatives:<br />
suitability, possibility (validity) and acceptance of<br />
the alternative (Caune et al, 2000). According to the<br />
opinion of the theorist V. Walker, a good alternative is<br />
characterized by five main criteria (groups of criteria)<br />
of alternative selection, which are also suggested by<br />
the foreign theorist E. Bardach: technical possibility;<br />
economic and financial possibility; political vitality<br />
(interested sides, their motivation and opinions,<br />
resources and effectiveness of skills); the capability of<br />
administrative action (Valtenbergs, 2003).<br />
Based on the results of several theorists’ studies<br />
(E. Alexander, T. Athley, R Behn, H. Brightman, P. Hall,<br />
D. McRae, P. May, A. Osborn, V. Walker, D. Weimer, etc),<br />
the methods by which it is possible to define alternatives<br />
include: past experience; brainstorming, manipulations<br />
with existing resources in creating new combinations;<br />
strategic modifications of existing solutions; an analysis of<br />
quick decision-making. In politics usually four basic modes<br />
of alternatives exist: to change nothing (it also serves as<br />
a point of reference in assessing alternatives); to perform<br />
system improvements; to add new system components;<br />
and to create a new system (Valtenbergs, 2003).<br />
Alternative solutions of tourism development have<br />
never previously been assessed using scientific methods<br />
in any of the local governments in Latvia. Instead,<br />
tourism has been developed based on the intuition of<br />
the leaders and specialists of local governments. This<br />
1<br />
PhD student of economics in Latvia University of Agriculture; Sociotechnical Systems Engineering Institute, Vidzeme<br />
University College, Cēsu iela 4, Valmiera, LV-4201, Latvia, e-mail: iluta.berzina@va.lv<br />
16<br />
17
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing the Political Viability of Strategic Tourism Direction Alternatives...<br />
research, however, is an exception as it scientifically<br />
justifies strategically supported tourism direction in the<br />
territory of the Amata province, the Cēsis district.<br />
The 228.7 km 2 territory of the Amata province is<br />
located in the central altitude of Vidzeme and it borders<br />
the territories of seven local governments, uniting the<br />
Amata village and the Drabeši village (Regulations<br />
of the Cabinet of Ministers 15.09.2000, No. 280). The<br />
entrepreneurship in the Amata province represents<br />
four branches of industry – agriculture, forestry, real<br />
estate, and tourism. 105 companies operate in this area<br />
(2007), representing 35 companies per 1000 inhabitants,<br />
which exceeds the average rate of companies per 100<br />
inhabitants in Latvia by 15 (CRP, 2007). 23 active tourism<br />
enterprises operate in this area, permanently employing<br />
85 inhabitants with additional 109 employed during the<br />
tourism season. The typical activity of tourism business<br />
here is the offer of tourist accommodation and sauna for<br />
small numbers of visitors (5–20) (80%), another type of<br />
activity is organization of events and accommodation<br />
(30–180 guests), as well as catering, entertainment and<br />
active tourism. Entrepreneurs admit that they do not<br />
have information about the possibilities to vary their<br />
offer by using the natural and cultural heritage resources<br />
of the province (Bērziņa, 2007). This process could be<br />
facilitated through collaboration with the Gauja National<br />
Park (GNP), the local government, entrepreneurs and<br />
society in developing, for instance, nature or eco-tourism,<br />
possibly also culture tourism.<br />
The entrepreneurial opportunities in the Amata<br />
province are limited due to the natural and cultural<br />
environment of the region defined by the specific nature<br />
of Latvia’s strategic tourism resources and the need to<br />
preserve these resources through regulations. Almost<br />
40% of the territory of the province is covered by<br />
different protected nature areas. 35.7 % (81.7 km 2 ) (GNP,<br />
2004) of the territory of the province is located in the<br />
European classification nature protected area (Natura,<br />
2000) and 80% of all the nature and cultural heritage<br />
of Amata province is located in a national-level nature<br />
protected area – in the Gauja National Park (GNP).<br />
Besides the GNP, the nature restricted area “Melturu<br />
sils” covers 288 ha (2.88 km 2 ), there are 19 restricted<br />
micro areas with the total area of 26.1 ha. 59% of the<br />
territory of the province is covered by forests (Amatas<br />
novada dome, 2006a). On a national scale, the natural<br />
heritage of the Amata province stands out with its<br />
compact concentration in a small area: there are more<br />
than 20 rock openings and 10 of them are monuments of<br />
European and national significance, 38 protected trees<br />
and other biological values. The most visited tourism<br />
object is the Zvārtes rock.<br />
According to the records from 1998 to 1999, there<br />
are 547 culturally historical sites in the GNP and in its<br />
proximity. By adding the places of stories and legends to<br />
the total number, the number of sites would increase to<br />
about 200 (GNP, 2004). According to the information from<br />
the State Inspection of Cultural Monument Protection<br />
(SICMP), in the territory of the Amata province there<br />
are 55 culturally historical monuments – 37 of them<br />
of national significance and 18 of local importance.<br />
Of these, 29 are archaeological monuments (int. al. 18<br />
of local importance), 16 – architectural monuments,<br />
10 – monuments of art. Culturally historical monuments<br />
of local importance are mainly anthropogenic tourism<br />
resources – ancient burial sites, ritual places, medieval<br />
cemeteries, camps and ancient landmarks (Amatas<br />
novada dome, 2006b). Most (80% or 44) culturally<br />
historical monuments recorded in the register of SICMP<br />
are located in the territory of the former Drabeši village<br />
and the GNP. The most significant cultural tourism<br />
(archaeological) monument located in the territory of the<br />
province – a Latgallian camp of the 9th century – is the<br />
Āraiši Lake Castle, which has been reconstructed based<br />
on scientific research, and which is the most visited<br />
tourist attraction in the province.<br />
Judging from the number of existing tourism resources<br />
in the Amata province, the most appropriate tourism<br />
types could be nature tourism as well as culture tourism<br />
and eco-tourism. Therefore, the choice has been made<br />
for the alternatives of strategically supported tourism<br />
kinds in the Amata province. As a method for defining<br />
alternatives, manipulation with the existing resources in<br />
creating new combinations has been used:<br />
(1) tourism in the Amata province continues to develop<br />
on the base of the Āraiši Lake Castle, the GNP,<br />
and the initiative of the local entrepreneurs;<br />
(2) the local government defines nature tourism as<br />
a strategically supported kind of tourism in the<br />
province;<br />
(3) the local government defines culture tourism as<br />
a strategically supported kind of tourism in the<br />
province;<br />
(4) the local government defines eco-tourism as a<br />
strategically supported kind of tourism in the<br />
province.<br />
According to the basic choices of alternatives, the<br />
1st alternative complies with the choice to change<br />
nothing, the 2nd and the 3rd – with the choice to make<br />
improvements in the existing system, but the 4th – to<br />
introduce new system components that are connected<br />
with the issues of environmental education. The<br />
activities and product of eco-tourism are based on<br />
nature tourism, attracting elements and activities of<br />
local cultural environment and / or countryside elements<br />
(LR VARAM; LEtS, 2001). Eco-tourism as a branch of<br />
the tourism industry is only gradually establishing its<br />
place on the market of Latvia and has not yet developed<br />
enough. Eco-tourism requires an environmentallyfriendly<br />
attitude, a critical assessment of one’s behavior,<br />
for which the public and tourists in Latvia are not quite<br />
ready (Leitis 2005a; 2005b).<br />
One of the politically stated development priorities in<br />
the province that has been included in the development<br />
program for 2006–2018 is facilitating tourism activities<br />
by considering the protection principles of culturally<br />
historical heritage (Amatas novada dome, 2006b). The<br />
local government needs to consider conceptual tourism<br />
development. Up to now it was difficult to analyze the<br />
development priorities due to the fact that the planned<br />
and existing operational policies of the interested parties<br />
had not yet been revised or evaluated. These include 21<br />
viewpoints, strategies and actions of various institutions of<br />
the Amata county interested in the tourism development.<br />
The interested parties include organizations working in<br />
the tourism industry, managers of national cultural and<br />
nature resources, and non-governmental organizations<br />
(NGO) that represent the management of small<br />
businesses. Some of the stakeholders are: the Cēsis district<br />
government (CRP); 7 neighbor local governments of the<br />
Amata county; the Vidzeme Tourism Association (VTA);<br />
the GNP, etc. This means that the political viability<br />
of the characteristic criteria of the alternatives in each<br />
respective criteria group needs to be analyzed, focusing<br />
on the principle of the suitability of the alternative and,<br />
as a result, to determine the type of tourism which is to<br />
be strategically and locally supported within the Amata<br />
region. For this purpose, 18 national, regional and locallevel<br />
tourism policy planning documents were analyzed:<br />
territory plans, development programs, strategies, actions<br />
and environment protection plans.<br />
2 Methods<br />
Nine methods for assessment of alternatives exist which,<br />
according to the opinions of theorists K. McKenna,<br />
N. Litchefield, M. Hill, B. Goeller and E. Stockey, help to<br />
make a choice: pair comparisons; analysis of satisfactory<br />
cases; lexicographical order; non-dominating analysis<br />
of alternatives; the equivalent alternative method; the<br />
standard alternative method; the Goeller’s matrix;<br />
the target reaching matrix, and planning balance<br />
report. All of them except the last one are based on the<br />
principle of logical comparison (Valtenbergs, 2003).<br />
The criteria for the assessment of alternatives applied<br />
by the European Commission (EC) – suitability,<br />
possibility and acceptance – are essentially equal to<br />
the term impact of alternatives. Their assessment<br />
methods are characterized in the assessment guidelines<br />
of the EC (The Impact Assessment Guidelines, 2005),<br />
where it is suggested to apply (according to suitability<br />
and necessity) five methods in assessing the selected<br />
alternatives. They include: Input-Output analysis (I/O);<br />
expense-effectiveness analysis; multi-criteria analysis;<br />
risk analysis; and sensitivity analysis (EC 2005). In<br />
assessing the suitability of alternatives, Latvian theorists<br />
J. Caune, A. Dzedons and L. Pētersons suggest using<br />
such methods as comparison in the industry, decisiontree<br />
method and ranging, which are almost analog to<br />
lexicographical order and non-dominating alternative<br />
analysis (Caune et al, 2000).<br />
As interests of the stakeholders are exposed to<br />
different objectives and, in the mutual hierarchy, are<br />
located at different levels, decision-making about the<br />
tourism direction supported by the government depends<br />
on many criteria important to each institution. Therefore,<br />
there is a need to use the multi-criteria analysis method –<br />
hierarchy analysis (HA) – in assessing political viability<br />
and suitability.<br />
2.1 Hierarchy Analysis Method<br />
The HA method has been elaborated by the American<br />
scientist Thomas Saaty and it is a systematic procedure<br />
for the hierarchic element order (Saaty, 1980). The<br />
problem is gradually divided in easier parts, which 12<br />
experts in this study compare in pairs and assess the<br />
intensity grade of elements in numbers. At the basis of<br />
HA lies hierarchy creation, pair comparison and priority<br />
calculation.<br />
2.1.1 Hierarchy Creation<br />
A four-level hierarchy scheme foresees to select four<br />
alternatives and include them in the 4th assessment<br />
level followed by assessment criteria, which is the 3rd<br />
level. It is in turn included in the criteria groups – the<br />
2nd level. The 1st level is the objective – to find the<br />
most appropriate alternative that can be implemented by<br />
assessing and comparing in pairs the elements existing<br />
in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th level. Therefore, based on the<br />
number of the most often selected development priorities,<br />
four criteria groups were set: interests of institutions;<br />
interests of entrepreneurs; impact on the assessment<br />
results of the resources and province tourism resources<br />
and stakeholders’ interests; finances.<br />
Criteria included in the criteria group “interests<br />
of institutions” were extracted from the analyzed<br />
action policy documents – the goals defined the most<br />
frequently in the planning documents. The most often<br />
mentioned goals include: acquisition of the financing<br />
of the EU and other support funds; sustainable use of<br />
nature heritage as a resource in tourism; sustainable use<br />
of culturally historical heritage as a resource in tourism;<br />
infrastructure development of nature tourism; facilitating<br />
environmental education; raising the popularity of the<br />
Amata county territory.<br />
The “impact on the assessment results of the resources<br />
and province tourism resources and stakeholders’<br />
interests” included criteria identified as the most essential<br />
drawbacks in, or obstacles for, tourism development in<br />
the province. These include: lack of motivation in the<br />
managers of nature and culturally historical heritage;<br />
lack of collaboration among institutions; homogeneity<br />
in the tourism offer; not utilizing the full potential of<br />
the tourism resources; and unclear tourism market in the<br />
province.<br />
18<br />
19
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing the Political Viability of Strategic Tourism Direction Alternatives...<br />
The criteria group “entrepreneurs’ interests in<br />
the province” included interests identified in the<br />
entrepreneur survey, which at the same time are<br />
drawbacks in the tourism development in the province.<br />
These are: providing information access; improvement<br />
of tourism infrastructure; variation of the offer; increase<br />
of utilization capacity.<br />
The criterion of the criteria group “finances”<br />
“maintenance expenses” was set as a filter between<br />
the alternative the expert desired and the realistic<br />
possibilities, thereby producing a response of higher<br />
validity. The criterion “potential income” could show<br />
their place in each alternative.<br />
All criteria of the 3rd level of hierarchy are those<br />
indicators whose proportion shows the motives of the<br />
expert’s final decision. However, experts experienced<br />
difficulties to perform 4-level hierarchy assessments; I<br />
believe the reason for it to be their lack of knowledge<br />
and understanding. Therefore, for assessment a 3-level<br />
hierarchy was created, where criteria groups changed for<br />
assessment criteria, the author of the article refuses to<br />
reveal the experts’ motives.<br />
2.1.2 Pair Comparison<br />
After creating a hierarchy, the relative importance<br />
(advantages) between two elements at one level were<br />
compared on a 10-point scale in relation to one another.<br />
Comparison should have been made for all elements of<br />
the problem in all hierarchy levels which I included in<br />
the matrix. The format of the matrix is presented in the<br />
Table. When comparing elements, experts had to ask the<br />
question, how much more important are the elements<br />
in the left column in comparison to the elements in the<br />
upper row? Comparing the element to itself, the ratio is<br />
one.<br />
2.1.3 Priority Calculation<br />
One of the best ways to calculate specific vectors or global<br />
priorities (x), is the geometrical average. 3 equations need<br />
to be used for calculating it: ((1); (2); (3)) This algorithm<br />
is shown in Table. It is also important to check the mutual<br />
dependence of each criteria or element – conformity of<br />
priorities among the experts’ opinions. For this purpose,<br />
two indicators are used: coherence index (SI) – deviation<br />
from the coherence; coherence relationship (SA) – the<br />
closer the λ max<br />
value to n, the more cohered the result.<br />
The calculations of these algorithms are shown in the<br />
Table ((4); (5); (6)).<br />
The most appropriate alternative according to the<br />
experts’ opinions is the alternative with the highest global<br />
priority value (x) and lowest minimum and maximum bias<br />
(SI) disparity between the average values of the opinion<br />
coherence (Romānovs, 2006; Krūzmētra, 1999). In order<br />
to perform the calculations, the experts’ assessments<br />
were entered in MS Excel, but the calculations can also<br />
be done in the software Expert Choice.<br />
3 Results<br />
In assessing alternatives I have used two methods:<br />
pair comparison, where two or more alternatives are<br />
compared according to the principle “the best wins”,<br />
and non-dominating alternative analysis, when all<br />
alternatives are assessed according to each criteria,<br />
admitting one alternative to be the best.<br />
Analyzing data received from the expert survey, I<br />
noticed the following sequence in the characterization<br />
of the results: analyzing the experts’ opinions as a whole<br />
(by criteria in each alternative); defining the compromise<br />
solution.<br />
According to the alternative suitability assessed<br />
criteria in the 1st alternative – to do nothing – for the<br />
experts the criterion Finances seems the most important.<br />
As a four-level hierarchy analysis was not performed, it is<br />
impossible to identify which of the finance components –<br />
maintenance expenses or potential incomes – motivated<br />
the experts to assess this criterion as of the highest<br />
importance in the alternative. My interpretation is that the<br />
situation to do nothing does not facilitate earning potential<br />
and requires tourism infrastructure maintenance without<br />
any objective. That makes this criterion important. The<br />
next important criterion subsequently was the potential<br />
increase of negative impact on the drawbacks of the<br />
province. A similar situation is observed regarding the<br />
criteria related to fulfilling the interests of institutions<br />
and entrepreneurs. However, there was a disparity of<br />
opinions among the experts in all the selected criteria.<br />
In the 2nd alternative, the criterion “finances” was<br />
also marked as of the highest importance; at the same<br />
time, there were the biggest differences in expert<br />
opinions. By selecting nature tourism as the most<br />
strategically important type of tourism, the meaning of<br />
the criterion “interests of stakeholders and institutions”<br />
decreases. I explain it in the way that, by developing<br />
this kind of tourism, the interests of the institutions<br />
and entrepreneurs are essentially satisfied. There was a<br />
larger coherence of opinions on these criteria. The 2nd<br />
alternative has got the most part of priorities among all<br />
4 alternatives.<br />
In the 3rd alternative, the criterion “finances” was<br />
also assessed as having the highest importance. This can<br />
be explained by the fact that the development of culture<br />
tourism requires high financial capacity when renewing<br />
cultural heritage. Moreover, there are only long-term<br />
potential earnings, which is why there is an awareness<br />
of the high maintenance expenses of the heritage. In the<br />
3rd alternative, “interests of stakeholders” are of high<br />
importance. This is understandable because currently<br />
there is a significant impact of the GNP that manages and<br />
protects a large part of the territory of the Amata county,<br />
but by developing culture tourism, the importance of<br />
the objectives of the institution declines. Experts also<br />
assessed that developing culture tourism would give<br />
much to decreasing the drawbacks of tourism in the<br />
province but not as much as developing nature tourism.<br />
However, the coherence of opinions in assessing the<br />
impact on tourism development in the province in the<br />
3rd alternative was higher than in the 2nd alternative.<br />
The 4th alternative is the only one about which<br />
the experts did not think the criterion “finances” is<br />
of the highest importance. On the one hand, it could<br />
be interpreted so that the money has no importance in<br />
development of eco-tourism only; on the other hand –<br />
experts think that that requires fewer expenses. This<br />
indicates that for assessing alternatives in the context<br />
of the research, a four-level hierarchy analysis was<br />
necessary. The importance of this criterion in the 2nd<br />
alternative was higher. Possibly the experts did not have<br />
quite complete understanding of the differences between<br />
eco-tourism and nature tourism. I am of the opinion that<br />
eco-tourism requires financial investments that are more<br />
substantial than in nature tourism because the stress is<br />
put on educating society – regular, long-term, ambitious,<br />
which cannot be compared to the expenses of making<br />
landscapes, paths and sites, and which does not create<br />
high return on investments in short-term but potentially<br />
only in long-term. It seems that this inconsequence about<br />
stakeholders’ interests also occurs because of lack of<br />
understanding of eco-tourism. Therefore, summarizing<br />
the experts’ general priority values in each alternative, the<br />
2nd alternative, according to the experts’ opinions, is the<br />
most suitable for the Amata local municipality (Figure).<br />
Considering that eco-tourism in Latvia is only at<br />
an early stage of development and it is being developed<br />
on the basis of a well-developed nature tourism, it<br />
can be concluded that the 2nd alternative – the local<br />
government defines nature tourism as a strategically<br />
supported kind of tourism in the Amata province – is the<br />
most suitable and politically viable from the 4 selected<br />
alternatives. We have arrived at such a conclusion only<br />
because a four-level hierarchy analysis was not conducted<br />
and the reasons (experts’ motives) which possibly could<br />
change the final decision were not revealed.<br />
4 Discussion<br />
The analyzed documents lay an emphasis on involving or<br />
not involving strategically important tourism resources<br />
in tourism as well as the objectives and actions of 18<br />
stakeholders for facilitating tourism development. An<br />
interesting importance criterion was the number of<br />
similarly defined goals. 8 stakeholders defined natural<br />
and culturally historical resources as a priority in<br />
tourism. However, the result of expert interviews showed<br />
that tourism development based on natural resources was<br />
more important. That confirmed the stability of political<br />
viability and potential external support.<br />
According to the theorist V. Walker’s beliefs, a good<br />
alternative is characterized by the following criteria:<br />
expenses, stability, reliability, immunity, flexibility, risk<br />
level, communicability, value, simplicity, compatibility,<br />
feedback (Valtenbergs, 2003). Do the selected alternatives<br />
correspond to this conception?<br />
Expenses (and the reduction of expenses) can<br />
definitely be positively affected by mutual collaboration<br />
among stakeholders that have higher financial capacity,<br />
for instance, the GNP.<br />
Stability: currently the only threat to the Amata local<br />
government is the administratively territorial reform,<br />
which envisages to include the province within the Cēsis<br />
province. I think the alternative is not threatened because<br />
the research results are a recommendation. If the local<br />
government retains their independence, the objectives<br />
will be achieved.<br />
Reliability: for the alternative to work without<br />
interruption, a development program or strategy of the<br />
province should first be developed and implemented. The<br />
role of collaboration among the stakeholders is essential<br />
to ensure success.<br />
Immunity: if any of the components of the alternative<br />
are missing, the alternative can still work because there<br />
is a great concentration of resources in the Amata county<br />
which theoretically can replace each other.<br />
Flexibility: the alternative is flexible because it would<br />
help to reach the goal of nature protection.<br />
Risk level: possibility of failure of the alternative<br />
can be affected by institutional collaboration and lack of<br />
work with society.<br />
Communicability: the alternative has been formulated<br />
in such a way that it is easily understandable to people<br />
involved in planning tourism development. For others<br />
to understand, it can be necessary to look for additional<br />
information, for instance, explanation of tourism policy<br />
planning documents, tourism differences, etc.<br />
Value: the alternative offers a solution, showing the<br />
position of the Amata local government for the further<br />
development of tourism in the province.<br />
Simplicity: will it be possible to implement the<br />
alternative? Developing nature tourism is not as long<br />
and expensive a process as developing culture tourism,<br />
requiring large capacities. Moreover, the GNP has<br />
thorough experience in nature tourism. Collaboration<br />
also plays an important role.<br />
Compatibility: the alternative offers no newly<br />
created systems; therefore, the author believes that it is<br />
incorporated in the present plans of the GNP.<br />
Feedback: how difficult will it be to return to the initial<br />
position if the alternative fails? This is the only point<br />
where the existing traditions of stakeholders can do harm<br />
in returning back to the initial positions – stakeholders’<br />
interests more or less will be stable and satisfied. It is<br />
also possible that, while implementing the alternative,<br />
new players and interested parties/stakeholders emerge.<br />
20<br />
21
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Providing feedback is not desirable because it threatens<br />
the protection of the natural and culturally historical<br />
resources.<br />
5 Conclusions<br />
According to the results of the calculations, the 2nd<br />
alternative – the local government defines nature<br />
tourism as a strategically supported kind of tourism in<br />
the Amata province – is the most suitable and politically<br />
vital from the 4 selected alternatives. By developing the<br />
second alternative in planning the tourism development in<br />
the Amata local municipality, an effective use of resources<br />
can be accomplished, moreover, in compliance with other<br />
institutions. The basic condition is fruitful, mutually<br />
interested institutional collaboration. However, for a<br />
well-rounded alternative assessment, it is also necessary<br />
to define possibility and acceptance of alternatives that<br />
require more research with such methods as analysis of<br />
Input/Output; Input/Effectiveness; risks and sensitivity.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
For participating in assessing alternatives, I thank the<br />
experts: spatial development planner of the Vidzeme<br />
Planning Region Jānis Antons, the executive of the<br />
Department of Territory Planning and Development at<br />
the Cēsis local government Jānis Butāns, project manager<br />
at Vidzeme Tourism Association Inga Vilde, the head of<br />
the Department of Development of Vidzeme History and<br />
Tourism Centre Elīna Kalniņa, the head of the Līgatne<br />
local government Guntars Pīpkalējs, the head expert of<br />
the Association “Lauku ceļotājs” Linda Kornete, the<br />
head of the Nature Tourism Department at the Gauja<br />
National Park Jolanta Skrastiņa, tourism entrepreneurs<br />
of the Amata province Baiba Stepiņa, Ieva Meiere, the<br />
head of M. Vanaga Museum Ingrīda Lāce, the inspector<br />
of the Cēsis Department of State Cultural Monument<br />
Protection Inspection Laura Šenroka.<br />
References<br />
Baldunčiks, J. 2007. Svešvārdu vārdnīca. Rīga, Jumava.<br />
Caune, J., Dzedons, A., Pētersons, L. 2000. Stratēģiskā<br />
vadīšana. Rīga: Kamene.<br />
Krūzmētra, M., Ramute, L., Rivža, B., Rivža, P. 1999. Valsts<br />
administratīvi reģionālais iedalījums: problēmas, metodes,<br />
risinājumi. Jelgava.<br />
Saaty, T. L. 1980. The Analytical Hierarchy Process. New<br />
York: Mc-Graw Hill.<br />
Amatas novada dome. 2006a. Amatas novada Teritorijas<br />
plānojums 2006.–2018. gadam. I sējums. Paskaidrojuma<br />
raksts. Amatas novads.<br />
Amatas novada dome. 2006b. Amatas novada attīstības programma<br />
2006.–2018. gadam. Amatas novads, 17.–46. lpp.<br />
Bērziņa, I. 2007. Amatas novada tūrisma resursu un tūrisma<br />
uzņēmumu apsekojums (jūnijs – augusts).<br />
CRP. 2000. Cēsu rajona attīstības programma. Available at:<br />
http://www.cesurajons.lv/faili/Cesu_rajona_attistibas_<br />
programma.pdf (14.09.2008)<br />
22<br />
European Comission (EC). 2005. Impact Assessement<br />
Quidelines [Annexes to Impact Assessement Quidelines.<br />
Methods to Comparing Impacts]. Available at: http://<br />
ec.europa.eu/governance/impact/docs/key_docs/sec_<br />
2005_0791_anx_en.pdf. (21.10.2008.)<br />
Eiropas komisija. 2006. Komisijas paziņojums “Atjauninātā<br />
ES tūrisma politika – veidojot spēcīgāku Eiropas tūrisma<br />
partnerību COM (2006) 134” [galīgā redakcija]. Available<br />
at: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.<br />
do?uri=COM:2006:0134:FIN:LV:HTML. (12.10.2008.)<br />
GNP. 2004. Gaujas Nacionālā parka dabas aizsardzības plāns<br />
2004.–2014. gadam. Sigulda, 11.–87. lpp.<br />
Valtenbergs, V. 2003. Politikas plānošanas metodoloģija un<br />
vadlīnijas. Literatūras pārskats. Rīga: Valsts kanceleja.<br />
Cēsu rajona padomes portāls. 2007. Cēsu rajona raksturojums<br />
[Uzņēmējdarbība]. Available at: http://www.cesurajons.<br />
lv/?id=10&x=1. (04.09.2008)<br />
CSP. 2007. Galvenie rādītāji. Reģionālā statistika [IKP rajonos<br />
un reģionos]. Available at: http://www.csb.gov.lv/<br />
csp/content/?cat=2389. (01.10.2008)<br />
NGO “Zaļais ordenis”. 2007. Ekotūrisms – dabai un<br />
sabiedrībai. Available at: http://www.undine.lv/lat/<br />
EkoTurisms.htm. (25.10.2008)<br />
Leitis, Ē. 2005a. Neizpostītas dabas nestā peļņa. Available at:<br />
http://www.undine.lv/lat/avize/ekoturisms.html. (25.09.2008)<br />
Leitis, Ē. 2005b. Ekotūrisms prasa saudzēt. Available at:<br />
http://www.lu.lv/print/laikraksts/viedoklis/18/index.html.<br />
(25.09.2008)<br />
Romānovs, A. 2006. Daudzkritēriju analīzes metožu pielietošana<br />
tūrisma informācijas sistēmas izstrādāšanā. Rīga.<br />
6 Appendixes<br />
Figure. The weight of alternatives by the average value<br />
of priorities and min, max value of experts’ judgments<br />
0.7<br />
0.6<br />
0.5<br />
0.4<br />
0.3<br />
0.2<br />
0.1<br />
0<br />
0.1<br />
0.24<br />
0.32<br />
0.63<br />
0.05 0.12<br />
0.27<br />
0.59<br />
0.14<br />
1 2 3 4<br />
Alternatives<br />
0.31<br />
0.63<br />
0.05<br />
Table. Methodology for conducting calculations of experts’ assessments to compare alternatives<br />
A 1 A 2 ... A n x a S<br />
a 1<br />
A 1 1 w 1 /w 2 ... w 1 /w n<br />
S<br />
(3)<br />
a<br />
w<br />
w<br />
w<br />
w<br />
1 1 1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
= n × × × ...×<br />
w1<br />
w2<br />
w3<br />
w n<br />
a 2 w2<br />
w2<br />
w2<br />
w2<br />
A 2 w 2 /w 1 1 ... w 2 /w n a n<br />
S<br />
2<br />
= × × × ...× S = ∑ a<br />
w w w<br />
j=<br />
1<br />
... ... ... 1 ... ... ... ...<br />
A n w n /w 1 w n /w 2 ... 1<br />
⎛ w<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
w<br />
w<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
a n<br />
S<br />
1,00<br />
⎛ w<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
1 2<br />
n<br />
x<br />
w w w ⎟ ⋅<br />
1 2<br />
λ max<br />
= ⎜ + + ... +<br />
1<br />
+ ... +<br />
⎜<br />
+ + ...<br />
1 1<br />
1<br />
wn<br />
wn<br />
λmax<br />
− n<br />
SI=<br />
n − 1<br />
SV in a 4x4 matrix it’s 0,90<br />
SI<br />
SA= SV<br />
Applying a Hierarchy Analysis in Assessing the Political Viability of Strategic Tourism Direction Alternatives...<br />
w<br />
1<br />
w<br />
n n n<br />
a<br />
n<br />
= n × × × ... ×<br />
w1<br />
w2<br />
w3<br />
w<br />
w<br />
+<br />
w<br />
n<br />
n<br />
2<br />
⎞<br />
⎟ ⋅ x<br />
⎠<br />
A – alternative;<br />
w –importance given by experts or intensity according to the relative importance scale;<br />
1 – the sum of priority vector coordinates is always 1;<br />
a – local priority;<br />
x – normalized specific vector value or global priority;<br />
S – priority of each element;<br />
n – number of elements;<br />
λ<br />
max – the multiple sum of column elements;<br />
SI – coherence index of experts’ opinions;<br />
SV – possible coherence (average mathematical value based on experimental data by T. Saaty);<br />
SA – coherence proportion of experts’ opinions.<br />
(Saaty, 1980; Romānovs, 2006; Krūzmētra, 1999)<br />
n<br />
w<br />
3<br />
w n<br />
w<br />
w<br />
n<br />
n<br />
(1)<br />
S<br />
S<br />
=<br />
=<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
j=<br />
1<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
a<br />
1<br />
(2)<br />
2<br />
n<br />
a n<br />
j=<br />
1<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
23
Landscape Planning in Southern Caucasus, the Case of Georgia<br />
RUSUDAN CHOCHUA 1<br />
Abstract<br />
Caucasus Ecoregion is unique with its conservation value. It is considered to be one of the 34 globally significant<br />
“biodiversity hotspots”, based on the richness of species and the high level of endemism. Because of its significance,<br />
the German government has implemented different projects on sustainable development and nature conservation in<br />
this region. One of them is the Landscape Planning Project in Southern Caucasus. This project was implemented<br />
with the support from the National Agency of Nature Conservation (BFN). The project was connected with another<br />
project “ECO Regional Conservation Programme” established by the Transboundary Joint Secretariat for the<br />
Southern Caucasus (TJS) and supported by the Reconstruction Credit Bank of Germany (KFW) and the World<br />
Wildlife Fund (WWF).<br />
The Landscape Planning Project was supported and advised by the Institute of Geography, Siberian Branch of<br />
Russian Academy of Sciences and by the Technical University of Berlin.<br />
Keywords: landscape planning, ecoregion, Caucasus.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The activities were based on the German model of<br />
landscape planning, taking into account the Russian<br />
model of landscape planning. A national methodology<br />
was developed collaboratively; it included description of<br />
landscape planning instruments, analysis and estimation<br />
of the legal aspects and performance of model areas and<br />
planning. The product of the project is the Caucasus<br />
Methodology of Landscape Planning based on the<br />
examples of the three countries.<br />
The collaboration of this project with another KFW<br />
project (which is supported by WWF and implemented by<br />
TJS) which included creation of a transboundary protected<br />
area, was very useful because, in general, landscape planning<br />
is dedicated to structure, zoning and the management<br />
process. This process is common for both projects.<br />
The planning was conducted in two fields: plants and<br />
biotopes (30 units) and landscapes (13 units).<br />
The project targeted three model regions in Georgia,<br />
Azerbaijan and Armenia. The planning process was<br />
carried out at three levels: the landscape program in<br />
Georgia for Adjara (scale: 1 : 200 000), the landscape<br />
framework plan in Armenia for the Sevan Lake Region<br />
(scale: 1 : 100 000) and the landscape plan in Azerbaijan<br />
for the Shirvan National Park (scale: 1 : 25 000).<br />
The activities were based on the German model of<br />
landscape planning and included some elements of the<br />
Russian model of landscape planning. In addition, a<br />
national methodology was developed collaboratively,<br />
which included description of landscape planning<br />
instruments, analysis of legal aspects, and performance<br />
of model areas and planning. The final product of the<br />
project was the Caucasus Methodology of Landscape<br />
Planning based on the examples of the three countries.<br />
The collaboration of this project with another TJS<br />
joint project focused on the creation of a transboundary<br />
protected areas. This was crucial for the overall success<br />
of the project.<br />
The first goal of the project was to identify, describe<br />
and estimate especially important areas along with areas<br />
of conflicts, e.g. conflicts between the local population<br />
and nature.<br />
For the three countries, landscape planning included<br />
the following steps: collecting the data (terrain, geology,<br />
soils, hydrology, climate, plants, animals, etc); description<br />
of natural, historical and cultural resources; description<br />
of problems associated with land-use and use of nature;<br />
identification of the main problems; formulation of the<br />
main goals; development of the concept; formulation of<br />
measures; and preparation of maps.<br />
2 Model Area – Georgia<br />
The Autonomous Republic of Adjara<br />
Selecting the Autonomous Republic of Adjara for<br />
landscape planning in Georgia was based on several<br />
principles.<br />
1<br />
Ministry of Environment Protection and Natural Resources of Georgia Agency of Protected Areas,<br />
e-mail: tatachochua@yahoo.com<br />
25
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Landscape Planning in Southern Caucasus, the Case of Georgia<br />
Topicality – this is a region where the agricultural<br />
profile and land-use forms have changed rapidly. One of<br />
the main problems is to preserve the traditional forms<br />
of forestry and subtropical economies. Changes in the<br />
demographics of the region are also observed. Adjara is<br />
increasingly drawing the attention of not only regional but<br />
also transnational corporations. Several environmental<br />
projects are implemented in the region.<br />
Uniqueness – Adjara is distinguished by its landscape<br />
and biological diversity. All natural zones are presented<br />
there. Adjara is home to several endemic and relict species,<br />
biotopes and ecotones. More than 100 medical plant species<br />
and several groups of mineral water are found in the area.<br />
The region is rich in beautiful landscapes of recreation<br />
value. Due to the armed conflict in Abkhazia, one of the<br />
most popular seaside resorts in the former Soviet Union,<br />
Adjara has become one of the most visited alternative<br />
regions of the Black Sea for recreational activities.<br />
Social-economic tension – parallel to its increased<br />
popularity, the area is experiencing increased human<br />
pressure on the costal landscape. Hotels and other<br />
infrastructure are increasing. Accordingly, water<br />
use is increasing, and the landscape is changing. All<br />
manufacturing has ceased in Adjara.<br />
Ecological tension – ecological tension can be<br />
categorized into the following conflicts:<br />
• Natural – geodynamical processes in the middle and<br />
high mountain regions, caused by their geological<br />
structure and climatic and anthropogenic processes,<br />
and costal processes connected with the elimination<br />
of sediment dynamics of the river Chorokhi. These<br />
are also connected with flooding and unsteady<br />
territories that compose more than half of Adjara.<br />
• Anthropogenic – high density of the population in<br />
different areas, and transport and communication<br />
infrastructure in the middle and high mountain<br />
regions. There is a large-scale use of the land for<br />
pastures in sub-alpine and alpine landscapes. A<br />
transformation of forest areas because of cultured<br />
plants and cattle-breeding occurs. Production of<br />
agriculture also occurs on steep slopes.<br />
• Legislative – the conflict is connected with costal<br />
zones, river sides and flooded forests, green line<br />
zones with plants and plantations of populated areas<br />
and resort forests. The environmental legislation in<br />
Georgia is based on the Constitution, international<br />
conventions and the main environmental laws and<br />
regulations.<br />
3 Problems of the Model Area<br />
General Geographical Features<br />
The Autonomous Region of Adjara is located in the<br />
south-western part of Georgia, on the Coast of the Black<br />
Sea. Its area is composed of 2.9 thousand square km.<br />
(4.2% of the country’s territory). The capital is Batumi.<br />
The population is 377 thousand people (reduction of<br />
population noted due to the emigration provoked by<br />
ecological factors (eco-emigration).<br />
86% of the area is mountainous and hilly. The range<br />
of highness of mountains is within 0-3000 meters.<br />
Geographical barriers play a great role in creating the<br />
geological conditions (orographical, geological and<br />
climatic). The climate is damp, sea-like and warm. .<br />
Adjara is famous for the abundance of sediments<br />
(2500 mm on the sea coast per year, 4000 mm in the<br />
mountain of Mtirala). The region is distinguished by its<br />
diversity of plants – 1900 Kolkhic, Mediterranean and<br />
Asian species of flora. Adjara is rich in forests, which<br />
constitute 65% of the territory.<br />
Adjara is characterized by its soil variety. We can<br />
see here mountains as well as low landscapes divided<br />
in 8 types, 13 families and several groups of species.<br />
There are several protected areas: the Kintrishi Reserve,<br />
the Mtirala National Park, the Kobuleti Reserve and<br />
Managed Nature Reserve with the total area of more<br />
than 30 000 ha.<br />
4 Estimation of Sustainability and Means of<br />
Landscapes<br />
Estimation of Sustainability<br />
Based on the criteria like slope inclinations, geological<br />
constructions, depth of soils, exposition, quality of<br />
humidity, the character of geodynamical processes, and<br />
hypsometry, there are five types of landscape estimation:<br />
stable, middle stable, less stable, middle unstable and<br />
unstable landscapes.<br />
Estimation of Means<br />
There are four categories: with highest dignity, high<br />
dignity, middle dignity and low rank.<br />
Estimation of hydrological resources is based on the<br />
index of quantity of the surface layer of water, and there<br />
are three categories: high, medium and low indexes.<br />
Soils and soil resources: there are 13 soil types,<br />
their estimation is based on uniqueness, productiveness,<br />
steadiness, as well as mechanical indexes, etc.<br />
Estimation of landscapes and recreational resources<br />
is based on diversity, uniqueness, environmental,<br />
recreational, cultural, esthetical aspects, etc. There are<br />
also three types: high, medium and low landscapes.<br />
5 Conflicts and Goals<br />
Biotopes and Plants<br />
Conflicts<br />
There is an increasing interest in the forest resources<br />
of the region, which provide the main energy resource<br />
for the population. Traditionally, valuable wood species<br />
belonging to the List of Threatened Species (Red List)<br />
have been used for wood, for example chestnut tree and<br />
oak. Forest degradation is ongoing near settlements<br />
and resorts in forests. Agricultural cultivation is taking<br />
place on ecologically-unsustainable slopes. Landscapeecological<br />
conditions are ignored, and there is an<br />
increased anthropogenic stressor: overgrazing on the<br />
high mountains.<br />
Planning Goals<br />
One of the most important purposes of landscape planning<br />
in Adjara is to preserve the environmental functions of<br />
the variability of live nature species, wooded places and<br />
migratory ways of wild animals and forest landscapes,<br />
and to manage these actions through the broadening of<br />
the network of protected areas.<br />
Measures and Recommendations<br />
The planned actions can be achieved by:<br />
1. unification of existing and planned protected areas;<br />
2. creation of ecological corridors to connect protected<br />
areas which exist within the region to areas outside of<br />
it;<br />
3. preservation of natural landscapes in the costal<br />
resorts zones;<br />
4. regulation of mountain cattlemen, forestry,<br />
recreational and private economies;<br />
5. development of ecological and scientific tourism.<br />
Landscapes and Recreational Recourses<br />
Conflicts<br />
The recreational economy in the costal zone of Adjara<br />
is developing without consideration of the ecological<br />
potential and environmental legislation. A maximum<br />
concentration of industrial, transport and recreational<br />
economy can be observed. The tea plantations are<br />
degrading to a critical level. The biggest ecological<br />
problem is the utilization of domestic and industrial<br />
waste in the territories near the cities.<br />
Planning goals<br />
Landscape planning, landscapes and recreational<br />
resources include the preservation of costal dune zones,<br />
development of tourist infrastructure in mountain<br />
regions, regeneration of the tea economy, and planning<br />
and the development of esthetic areas.<br />
Measures and Recommendations<br />
The most important recommendations for the development<br />
of the recreational activities are as follows:<br />
1. identification of a prospective direction of economy;<br />
2. integration of tourism infrastructure;<br />
3. rehabilitation of costal and dune zones;<br />
4. preparation of GIS systems in connection with<br />
recreational issues;<br />
5. development of scientific tourism in the protected<br />
areas;<br />
6. treatment of waste and building wastes, integration<br />
of cleaning mechanisms;<br />
7. addressing the problem of loudness in urban zones.<br />
Hydrology and Hydrological Resources<br />
Conflicts<br />
Some of the most important ecological problems of the<br />
Adjara region are the washing out of parts of sea coast<br />
areas and large-scale pollution. Significant numbers<br />
of cattle and agricultural wastes have accumulated<br />
specifically in river ponds. The increasing frequency<br />
of flooding and ineffective environmental legislation<br />
provides additional challenges.<br />
Planning goals<br />
1. Rational use of the hydrological resources of Adjara.<br />
2. Identification, improvement, and preservation of<br />
areas where water resources are forming.<br />
3. Inclusion of society in these processes.<br />
4. Preservation of forest resources characterized by a<br />
high level of transformation of atmospheric dampness<br />
and accumulation.<br />
Measures and recommendations<br />
1. Regulated use of forest resources.<br />
2. Planning actions for the restoration of forest resources<br />
in the high mountain and sub-alpine landscapes.<br />
3. Construction of water clean buildings.<br />
4. Monitoring for the forecast of floods.<br />
5. Seasonal use of sea currents and wave energies for<br />
the mechanical restoration of dune strips.<br />
6. Preventing manufacture and domestic waste to enter<br />
river ponds.<br />
7. Enforcement of the water regulations.<br />
Soils and Soil Resources<br />
Conflicts<br />
The main problem in Adjara connected with the land<br />
use system is soil cultivation in unsustainable landscape<br />
ecological areas and in territories characterized by<br />
high indexes of development of the erosion-denudation<br />
processes. There is an increasing amount of ecocide<br />
territories, destructed environment, especially willfully,<br />
on the southern and assimilated northern slopes. The<br />
development of the geodynamical process has been<br />
observed, such as landslides and streams as well as<br />
erosion in the areas of intense grazing.<br />
Planning goals<br />
The goals of landscape planning and rational use of<br />
land are preservation of the structure and productivity<br />
of red soils, reduction of development scales of erosion,<br />
denudation and geodynamical processes, and the<br />
development of Adjara’s agriculture.<br />
Measures and recommendations<br />
1. Regulation and limitation of use of arable lands in red<br />
soil zones.<br />
26<br />
27
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
2. Restoration of degraded tea plantations.<br />
3. Regulation of use of pastures.<br />
4. Secure development of subtropical fruit growing and<br />
nut-tree cultures in the areas of red soils.<br />
5. Building of water protection objects for the preservation<br />
of productive alluvial soils and terraces.<br />
6 Conclusions<br />
The result of landscape planning is the identification of<br />
the functions of and measures for the main landscapes<br />
phases. The Adjarian landscapes all have geological<br />
and social-economic functions, which are documented<br />
in landscape ecological research. With these functions,<br />
it is possible to identify the measures which, when<br />
implemented, may guarantee the ecological stability and<br />
balance at the landscape program level. The measures and<br />
activities which are determined at this level are grouped<br />
into three categories: preservation, development, and<br />
improvement. The ecological condition of landscapes of<br />
most of the territory (more than 2/3) of Adjara is based<br />
on preservation.<br />
The functions of the Adjara landscapes in most cases<br />
(3/4 of all landscapes) are combined, which determines<br />
the corresponding picture of measures and activities. For<br />
example, the lower and mountain hill landscapes have<br />
both recreational and urban functions and they demand<br />
improvement as well as preservation.<br />
The planned actions and measures are dedicated to<br />
environmental protection and restoration. Middle and<br />
high mountain landscapes are mostly characterized by<br />
functions of protection and restoration<br />
Low and front mountain landscapes have resource<br />
formatted and Seliteb or Urban functions. Two categories<br />
of improvement or development are defined for them:<br />
preservation and improvement.<br />
Particular landscapes have corresponding forms of<br />
measures and activities.<br />
Contents of the Map of Adjara<br />
1. Contemporary land-use including discussion of<br />
comparative period<br />
Contemporary land-use<br />
Historical development in the comparing period;<br />
1 : 100 000<br />
Protected Areas<br />
2. Steps of inventories and estimation of all natural<br />
components<br />
Soils; 1 : 200 000<br />
Surface waters; 1 : 200 000<br />
Underground waters; 1 : 200 000<br />
Types and biotopes; 1 : 100 000<br />
Landscape and recreational potential; 1 : 100 000<br />
Dangerous factors of nature; 1 : 200 000<br />
3. Identification of conflicts for all natural components,<br />
1: 100 000<br />
Soils<br />
Surface waters<br />
Underground waters<br />
Types and biotopes<br />
Landscape and recreational potential<br />
Dangerous factors of nature<br />
4. Identification of zones and types of goals<br />
Map of goals 1 : 100 000<br />
5. Collaboration of measures and demands to specific<br />
types of use of all nature components<br />
Plan of action; 1 : 100 000<br />
Landscape Planning Governmental Stakeholders in<br />
Georgia<br />
Ministry of Economy<br />
Ministry of Agriculture<br />
Ministry of Environment Protection and Natural<br />
Resources<br />
Local Government Agencies<br />
Development of Visitor Impact Management in the Heritage Parks:<br />
Theoretical Findings<br />
TAMĀRA GRIZĀNE 1<br />
Abstract<br />
The quality of the environment is essential for sustainable tourism development. However, relationship of tourism<br />
with the environment is complex. This complexity also pertains to tourism in the North Vidzeme Biosphere<br />
Reserve (hereinafter: NVBR). In order to assure sustainable use of heritage park resources, the negative impacts<br />
must be minimized. It is particularly important to meet the goal of the concept of sustainable development in the<br />
NVBR. Regulatory measures may help to offset negative impacts by controlling the number of visitors’ activities<br />
and movement in heritage parks within the NVBR. The purpose of this study was to find the best Visitor Impact<br />
Management Models for the NVBR heritage parks. Nature diversity protection and heritage is of great importance in<br />
the NVBR Heritage Parks in Latvia.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
Each country or region has its own special classification<br />
of biodiversity management areas based on the value<br />
system developed by the non-profit corporation ‘The<br />
Parks of the World’. In other words, “if we design<br />
our environment to balance human needs and those<br />
of ecosystem, humankind will live in a sustainable<br />
environment” (Parks of the World, 2008a; Parks of the<br />
World, 2008b).<br />
Each country or region has specific types of biodiversity<br />
management areas referring to different park<br />
classifications. The parks studied in this research are<br />
simultaneously resource and country parks by the World<br />
Park standards (Parks of the World, 2008c).<br />
Management methods of heritage parks (hereinafter:<br />
HP) are not separated; therefore, the author has based her<br />
observations on visitor impact management technique<br />
that is widely used in protected area management.<br />
The goal of a heritage park is to educate visitors and<br />
increase public knowledge regarding the culture from<br />
pre-contact times to the present, the cross-dependence<br />
of society and the natural environment, and the<br />
importance, in this case, of Northern Latvian culture<br />
for the present and the future. For that reason, visitor<br />
management plays an important role in the ecological<br />
sustainability of park systems. The purpose of this<br />
study is to find the best Visitor Impact Management<br />
Models for the NVBR heritage parks.<br />
2 Materials and Methods<br />
2.1 Study Area<br />
The North Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve (NVBR), which<br />
covers 6% of the territory of Latvia, contains within<br />
its territory 42 heritage parks. Some of them are wellmaintained<br />
and renewed, for example, the Valtenbergu<br />
and Bīriņu Parks; others require reconstruction. The<br />
study area is the theoretical knowledge of visitor impact<br />
management and the usage of professional practical<br />
experience.<br />
2.2 Study Methods<br />
To find the Visitor Impact Management Model for HP, the<br />
author has used the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP).<br />
The AHP is one of the multi-criteria selection methods,<br />
which has been applied to a variety of decision-making<br />
processes. This method was developed by Saaty (1980,<br />
1990 and 1997). This is a mathematical method and<br />
can be used in analyzing complex decision-making and<br />
in gathering data through surveys based on pair-wise<br />
comparison judgments. Similar to many other multicriteria<br />
analyses, what it does is aggregates the separate<br />
performance indicators into integrated performance<br />
indicators (Bouma et al, 2000). The author has applied<br />
the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) in the following<br />
steps: (1) defined the goal or objective (identified the<br />
considered choice; outlined the major factors that would<br />
be taken into account to evaluate each option; identified<br />
criteria; continued to build a hierarchy of decision criteria<br />
until all factors were identified and linked); (2) established<br />
28<br />
1<br />
Faculty of Economics, Latvia University of Agriculture, Svetes Street 18, Jelgava, LV-3001, Latvia,<br />
e-mail: aramat49@inbox.lv<br />
29
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
priorities (using paired comparison, determined criteria<br />
preferences; rated these preferences from 1 to 9 (1 is of<br />
equal importance, 3 – weak importance (of one over<br />
the other), 5 – strong importance, 7 – demonstrates<br />
importance over the other, 9 – utmost importance, and<br />
2, 4, 6, 8 – intermediate values); repeated this for each<br />
level in hierarchy); (3) synthesized the ratings (calculated<br />
weighted criteria scores that combine all of the ranking<br />
data); (4) compared the alternatives (using the combined<br />
scores, calculated the final score for each alternative).<br />
Moreover, the author has studied theoretical and<br />
research literature on the issues of development of<br />
visitor impact management, examined several park<br />
visitor management methods and tools used in Canada<br />
(Banff National Park of Canada), Switzerland (Saxon<br />
Switzerland National Park), Australia (The Coral Sea<br />
Heritage Park), the United States (Yosemite National<br />
Park, Royal Park Management in Bethel Park) and in the<br />
United Kingdom (Yorkshire Dales National Park) that<br />
may be used in the heritage parks in the NVBR territory.<br />
(About.com. The Swiss National Park, Australian<br />
Government Pennsylvania Department of Conservation<br />
and Natural Resource, Parks and Gardens UK). Bald<br />
Eagle State Park<br />
To reach these goals, the author chose one of the<br />
visitor impact management models, and 3 experts with<br />
knowledge and experience in heritage tourism and<br />
heritage park management were asked for their opinion.<br />
The specific choice of experts was also determined<br />
because of their common work done in organizing<br />
the renovation of heritage parks of the town of Cēsis<br />
and partial management of the national architecture<br />
monument “The ensemble of the Old and New Building<br />
of the Castle”. The parks have been declared to be among<br />
the 100 best-preserved culture monuments in Latvia.<br />
Such specialist team is unique in Latvia.<br />
The experts were the Managing Director of a<br />
company; a landscape architect; and Head Tourism<br />
Officer and Spatial Planner of the local government of the<br />
Cēsis district, Latvia. The author’s choice of the Visitor<br />
Impact Management Model was mainly influenced by<br />
the characteristics of the management model regarding<br />
heritage sustainability and heritage management<br />
(Table 1). Experts chose the management models relying<br />
on their knowledge and mainly practical experience in<br />
HP maintenance.<br />
The author offered: (1) the key characteristics of<br />
management models VIMM, VAMP and TOMM, and<br />
offered to choose three important characteristics to use<br />
for determining the most appropriate Visitor Impact<br />
Management Model by expert choice; (2) to estimate<br />
alternatives of the Visitor Impact Management Model<br />
with grades 1–9.<br />
The author analysed the obtained data with the help of<br />
the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) (Saaty, 1997) and<br />
processed them with the Expert Choice 11.5 software.<br />
30<br />
3 Literature Review<br />
The authors of recent park management literature have<br />
been preoccupied with the confused understanding and<br />
application of carrying capacity. Carrying capacity (CC)<br />
presumes that all other variables are removed, and that<br />
both the environment and people do not change. Here are<br />
a few definitions for carrying capacity: 1) the maximum<br />
number of individuals that a given environment can<br />
support without detrimental effect (Answers.com, 2009);<br />
2) the maximum, equilibrium number of organisms of<br />
particular species that can be supported indefinitely in<br />
the given environment (Dictionary.com, 2009).<br />
The carrying capacity has proven to be a useful<br />
concept in wildlife and range management, where it<br />
generally refers to the number of animals of any species<br />
that can be sustained in the given habitat. Carrying<br />
capacity has obvious parallels with and intuitive appeal<br />
for the sphere of parks. The concept of carrying capacity<br />
was more complex in this new management context.<br />
At first, as might be expected, the focus was on the<br />
relationship between the use of environment by visitors<br />
and the condition of the environment.<br />
The World Tourism Organisation (WTO) was the<br />
first to propose a workable definition of tourism carrying<br />
capacity (TCC). The carrying capacity of a tourist resort<br />
may be defined as: the maximum number of people that<br />
may visit a tourist destination at the same time, without<br />
causing destruction of the physical, economic and sociocultural<br />
environment and an unacceptable decrease in<br />
the quality of the visitors' satisfaction (WTO, 1981).<br />
There are many different forms of carrying capacity<br />
referred to tourism; however, this article will focus on<br />
social CC and ecological CC.<br />
Social CC relates to the negative socio-cultural<br />
attitude related to tourism development. The indicators<br />
for exceeded social carrying capacity are reduced local<br />
tolerance to tourism, reduced visitor enjoyment and<br />
increased crime (en.wikipedia.org, 2009).<br />
Ecological CC is the overall ability of an ecosystem to<br />
maintain its natural or current condition and to produce<br />
goods and services. This includes both the current stock<br />
and the ability of an ecosystem to produce more specific<br />
resources. This in turn includes surface and subsurface<br />
renewable resources.<br />
Recreation ecology studies human-nature ecological<br />
relationships in recreation contexts. Previous studies<br />
have focused primarily on the visitors’ impacts on<br />
recreation resources. Who are they then – recreators or<br />
tourists? It is determined by the CC division – ecological<br />
CC and tourism CC.<br />
For that reason, visitor management plays an important<br />
role in the ecological sustainability of park systems. Paul<br />
Eagles, Stephen McCool and Christopher Haynes (2002)<br />
have examined visitor management trends to see parks<br />
“as a model for sensitive tourism development.”<br />
The nature protection factor is more emphasized,<br />
less attention is paid to the use of parks in the research<br />
on HP. J. Alan Wagar (1964) developed the first formal<br />
exploration of the recreational carrying capacity. With<br />
tourism and recreation, there are two capacities: the<br />
ecological capacity and the social capacity (the impact<br />
on visitors’ experiences) (see Figure 1). The figure<br />
schematically demonstrates three potential relationships<br />
between the use levels and amount of the resulting<br />
biophysical and social impact. Curves (A) and (C)<br />
represent the different consumption of resources. Curve<br />
(A) represents an increasing consumption of resources<br />
at gradual increase of the number of users. This could<br />
be explained by the lack of visitors’ knowledge and<br />
experience, the local tolerance for tourism or any other<br />
factor. Curve (C) represents an increasing number of<br />
resource users and that shows a rapid consumption.<br />
Curve (B) represents a situation when impacts are a<br />
linear function of the level of use and shows the optimal<br />
average number between resources of curves (A) and (C)<br />
at a gradual increase of the number of visitors. J. Alan<br />
Wagar’s (1974) concept requires that limits of use are<br />
established so the biophysical and social impact of visitors<br />
can be reduced through other management actions such<br />
as zoning, engineering, persuasion, and the management<br />
of biotic communities. Eventually, the concept is focused<br />
Impacts on biological and physical resources<br />
Y 1<br />
A<br />
Y 2<br />
X 1<br />
X 2<br />
Recreation use<br />
Figure 1. Impacts of recreation use difference in carrying<br />
capacity (developed from Wagar, 1964).<br />
Table 1. Qualitative assessment of Visitor Management Models (Butler & Waldbrook, 2003; Cole & Stankey, 1997;<br />
Manning & Lime, 1999)<br />
Visitor Impact Management Model<br />
Recreation Opportunity Spectrum<br />
(ROS)<br />
1979<br />
Limits of Acceptable Change (LAC)<br />
1985<br />
Visitor Experience and Resource<br />
Protection Model (VERP)<br />
1990<br />
Visitor Impact Management Model<br />
(VIMM)<br />
1999<br />
Visitor Activity Management Program<br />
(VAMP)<br />
1993<br />
Tourism Optimisation Management<br />
Model (TOMM)<br />
1996<br />
Development of Visitor Impact Management in the Heritage Parks: Theoretical Findings<br />
Key characteristics of the management model<br />
• acknowledges the diversity of recreation opportunities<br />
• the 3 key components of recreation are Setting (opportunity), Activity<br />
and Experience<br />
• a tool for recreation planning (zoning)<br />
• identifies areas of issues<br />
• defines and describes management objectives<br />
• inventories resource and social conditions<br />
• selects indicators of resource and social conditions<br />
• updates standards for resource and social conditions<br />
• updates alternatives<br />
• determines management actions for each alternative<br />
• evaluates and selects an alternative<br />
• implements actions and monitoring<br />
• determines the most appropriate visitor experiences<br />
• includes crucial components of public participation<br />
• standards set for zones within the park<br />
• monitoring<br />
• control of the impacts of threats to the quality of heritage and visitor<br />
• monitoring to determine heritage condition<br />
• resolves conflicts among visitors, heritage and heritage managers<br />
• designates visitor groups<br />
• integrates visitor needs with resources<br />
• limits visitor activity as the goal of heritage sustainability<br />
• economic and socio-cultural benefit for the local community<br />
B<br />
C<br />
31
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Development of Visitor Impact Management in the Heritage Parks: Theoretical Findings<br />
on the number of visitors “how to plan and manage a<br />
particular recreation resource” (Lime, 1976). According<br />
to Bo Shelby and Thomas A. Heberlein’s (1984) decision<br />
on evaluative standards and descriptive information on<br />
relationships between use, management and impacts, it is<br />
a relatively simple matter to define a visitor management<br />
program. Thus, the question revolves around “acceptable<br />
change”. Management methods are approached to define<br />
the objectives. It is an important task to determine which<br />
among the small number of tourism frameworks available<br />
are similar in their characteristics and most suitable<br />
(Table 1). Model Recreation Opportunity Spectrum<br />
(ROS) and Limits of Acceptable Change (LAC), Visitor<br />
Experience and Resource Protection Model (VERP)<br />
(Yosemite National Park) have originated from the<br />
United States, Visitor Activity Management Program<br />
(VAMP) from Forest Tourism and Recreation in Canada,<br />
but the Visitor Impact Management Model (VIMM) is<br />
very similar to the LAC – devised specifically for the US<br />
Parks Service.<br />
Eventually, the Tourism Optimisation Management<br />
Model (TOMM) originated from Australia. It is very<br />
similar to LAC, with a focus on overcoming the lack<br />
of stakeholder support in LAC and VIMM. The terms<br />
‘impact’ and ‘limits’ are perceived as discouraging<br />
growth by tourism businesses, and this model adapts to<br />
tourism needs.<br />
The development of recreation and tourism<br />
frameworks has only occurred in the last 25 years. Such<br />
development generally arose in response to specific<br />
planning and implementation issues (Manning, 2004).<br />
There is a significant body of literature related<br />
to parks and protected area management (Butler &<br />
Waldbrook, 2003; Cole et al, 1997; Manning, 1999;<br />
Manidis, 1997). Recently, the literature has included<br />
visitor impact management which is necessary in parks<br />
and protected areas, like HP. Nowadays heritage parks<br />
are becoming settings for activities that are beyond<br />
recreation: cultural events, after-school activities, job<br />
training, environmental programs, enterprises, volunteer<br />
programs, family picnics, and more.<br />
Recreational activity in HP has become more<br />
prevalent, and many managers have noticed problems<br />
associated with increased visitation. Many of these<br />
problems require complex solutions through regulatory<br />
methods (Payne & Graham, 1993).<br />
According to the opinion of Australian scientists<br />
Michel Hall and Simon McArthur (1998), two main<br />
difficulties in choosing the Visitor Impact Management<br />
Model are: (1) preparation for drafting of a management<br />
plan, and (2) inability to write clear management<br />
objectives.<br />
The author of this article finds two more reasons<br />
which hinder the process: (1) incomplete knowledge<br />
about classical methods of Visitor Impact Management<br />
Models, (2) lack of knowledge on using different<br />
computer software for choosing better alternatives.<br />
To make it easier to choose alternatives, the author<br />
suggests using the software Expert Choice. This<br />
program is devised for using the method of Analytic<br />
Hierarchy Process. The initial version of Expert Choice<br />
was programmed by Ernest Forman from George<br />
Washington University – user-friendly software which<br />
is not so time-consuming (Wasil, 2003).<br />
The answer to the question which is the most<br />
appropriate model for visitor management of heritage<br />
parks is not simple. The following difficulties have been<br />
mentioned by Stephen F. McCool: “Visitor management<br />
framework provides a systematic process so that managers<br />
who are decision makers are fully aware of (1) the desired<br />
future they wish to attain, (2) the alternative routes to the<br />
future, and (3) the consequences of those alternatives”<br />
(McCool, 2005, p. 4).<br />
The choice of alternative visitor management models<br />
for the HP is a future task of the NVBR. It has been<br />
scheduled to renew the Braslava HP near Mazsalaca<br />
in the NVBR within the United Nations Development<br />
Programme (UNDP) and Global Environmental Facility<br />
(GEF) project “Biodiversity Protection in the North<br />
Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve.”<br />
Heritage parks are intended to “provide a foundation<br />
for spiritual, scientific, educational, recreational and visitor<br />
opportunities, all of which must be environmentally and<br />
culturally compatible.” (WCMC, 2004)<br />
4 Results and Discussion<br />
After examining several parks in Canada, Switzerland,<br />
Australia, the United States and the United Kingdom<br />
in comparison with NVBR in Latvia, the author<br />
established that in these countries HP have: (1) larger<br />
areas; (2) predominance of public properties; (3) larger<br />
HP activity commercialization. However, in the NVBR,<br />
heritage parks have: (1) smaller areas; (2) different forms<br />
of property; (3) each place has specific conditions which<br />
require individual planning and management solutions<br />
for each HP in the NVBR.<br />
An analysis of the study data showed differences<br />
among the HP, which indicated a necessity to choose the<br />
most appropriate management model for each particular<br />
NVBR heritage park.<br />
As a result of this study, the author distinguished three<br />
possible Visitor Management Models: VIMM, VAMP<br />
and TOMM, which were used in further research. The<br />
processing of response data from the research involving<br />
three experts showed that (1) through the application of<br />
three main criteria, the highest ranked was the level of<br />
sustainable tourism followed by the level of application<br />
by management and the level of visitor friendliness. In<br />
the case if the data consistency ratio (CR) = 0.1 or more,<br />
for example, for TOMM with the advantage of 35.7%,<br />
inconsistency and lack of uniformity among the criteria<br />
occur. However, if the value of the consistency ratio is<br />
smaller or equal to 10%, the inconsistency is acceptable.<br />
If the consistency ratio is greater than 10%, the subjective<br />
judgment needs to be revised. Synthesis with respect<br />
to the level of sustainability gave preference to VAMP<br />
by 39.9% and CR = 0.02. Synthesis with respect to the<br />
level of application by management gave preference to<br />
TOMM by 36.6% and CR = 0.01. Synthesis with respect<br />
to the level of visitor friendliness with consistency ratio<br />
(CR) = 0.1 gave preference to TOMM by 37.7%. Synthesis<br />
with respect to the goal: best model with CR = 0.1 gave<br />
preference to TOMM by 35.7%, VIMM was in the third<br />
place – 29.5%.<br />
5 Conclusions and Recommendations<br />
As a result of the research, the author draws the<br />
conclusion that, considering three alternatives – TOMM,<br />
VIMM and VAMP – with the three criteria of the level<br />
of sustainability, the level of application by management<br />
and the level of visitor friendliness, the TOMM<br />
alternative was given significant preference over other<br />
alternatives, especially over VIMM. That means that it<br />
is necessary to continue the research while expanding<br />
the areas of research criteria. While performing the task<br />
of the research, the author met an insufficient number<br />
of experts in the sphere of Visitor Impact Management<br />
Models because of the lack of knowledge on classical<br />
methodical questions on visitor impact management.<br />
The author concedes that the reason could be the lack of<br />
education and language barriers. The author recommends<br />
NVBR specialists to turn their attention to the choice of<br />
a HP Visitor Impact Management Model and to improve<br />
their knowledge in this particular field. Finally, different<br />
methods and tools would allow heritage park managers<br />
to have better insight into how the tourism industry<br />
operates, which should make it possible for them to<br />
minimize the impact of visitors on the heritage parks in<br />
the NVBR through making use of the knowledge on the<br />
HP Visitor Impact Management Model as a sustainable<br />
planning instrument.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
The author would like to thank Iluta Bērziņa, Jānis<br />
Sirlaks and Aleksandrs Raubiško for their participation<br />
and contribution to this research.<br />
References<br />
About.com. US & Canadian Parks: National Parks – The<br />
Classification System Designation of National Park<br />
System Units. http://usparks.about.com/gi/dynamic/offsite.htm?site=http://www.nps.gov/legacy/nomenclature.<br />
html.<br />
Answers.com. 2009. Public Health Encyclopedia Dictionary –<br />
carrying-capacity. http://www.answers.com/topic/carrying-capacity.<br />
The Australian Government, Department of the Environment,<br />
Water, Heritage and the Arts. Australia's Heritage. http://<br />
www.environment.gov.au/heritage/index.html.<br />
Bouma, J., Brouwer, R., van Ek, R. 2000. The Use of Integrated<br />
Assessment Methods in Dutch Water Management: a<br />
Comparison of Cost-Benefit and Multi-Criteria Analysis.<br />
In: Third International Conference of the European<br />
Society for Ecological Economics, Vienna, 3–28, 18–25.<br />
Butler, R. W. and Boyd, S. W. 1996. Managing Ecotourism: An<br />
Opportunity Spectrum Approach. Tourism Management<br />
17(8), 557–566.<br />
Butler, R. and Waldbrook, L. 2003. A New Planning Tool:<br />
The Tourism Opportunity Spectrum. Journal of Tourism<br />
Studies 1: 25–36.<br />
Cole, D. N., Stankey, G. H. 1997. Historical Development of<br />
Limits of Acceptable Change: Conceptual Clarifications<br />
and Possible Extensions. United States Department of<br />
Agriculture Forest Service, General Technical Report,<br />
Issue 371. P. 5–9. http://direct.bl.uk/bld/PlaceOrder.do?U<br />
IN=042810071&ETOC=RN&from=searchengine.<br />
Dictionary.com. 2009. Dictionary – carrying capacity. http://<br />
dictionary.reference.com/browse/carrying%20capacity.<br />
Eagles, Paul F. J., Stephen McCool and Christopher<br />
Haynes. 2002. Sustainable Tourism in Protected Areas:<br />
Guidelines for Planning and Management. United Nations<br />
Environment Programme, World Tourism Organization,<br />
and World Conservation Union.<br />
Hall, C. M. and McArthur, S. 1998. Heritage Management<br />
in New Zealand and Australia: Visitor Management,<br />
Interpretation, and Marketing. Auckland: Oxford<br />
University Press.<br />
Lime, D. W. 1976. Principles of Recreational Carrying<br />
Capacity. In: <strong>Proceedings</strong> of Southern States Recreation<br />
Research Applications Workshop. General Technical<br />
Report SE-9. U.S. Department of Agriculture, South-<br />
Eastern Forest Experiment Station, Asheville, NC:<br />
122–134.<br />
Manning, R. E., Valliere, W. A. and Wang, B. 1999. Crowding<br />
Norms: Alternative Measurement Approaches. Leisure<br />
Sciences 21 (2): 97–115.<br />
Manning, R. E. 2004. Recreation Planning Frameworks.<br />
Society and Natural Resources: A Summary of Knowledge<br />
(eds. Manfredo, M. J. et al). Jefferson. P. 83–96.<br />
Manidis, R. 1997. Developing a Tourism Optimisation<br />
Management Model (TOMM). A model to monitor and<br />
manage tourism on Kangaroo Island. Final Report, South<br />
Australian Tourism Commission, Adelaide. http://tourism.<br />
sa.gov.au/tourism/publications.asp.<br />
McCool. S. 2005. Outdoor Recreation in the New<br />
Century: Frameworks for Working Through the<br />
Challenges. Presentation at the 2005 Society of<br />
American Foresters National Convention, October<br />
19–23, Ft. Worth, TX. P. 4. http://www.cfc.umt.edu/<br />
personnel/.smccool/Recent%20Publications_ files/<br />
McCool%20SAF%20paper.pdf.<br />
Parks of the World. 2008a. International Park System. http://<br />
parksoftheworld.org/worldparks.html<br />
Parks of the World. 2008b. "The World is a Park with Countries<br />
in It.” http://parksoftheworld.org/planearth.html<br />
32<br />
33
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Parks of the World. 2008c. Park Classification System. http://<br />
parksoftheworld.org/classification.html.<br />
Parks and Gardens, UK. http://www.parksandgardens.ac.uk/.<br />
Payne, R. and Graham, R. 1993. Visitor Planning and Management<br />
in Parks and Protected Areas. Parks & Protected<br />
Areas in Canada: Planning and Management (eds.<br />
Dearden, P. and Rollins, R.). Oxford University Press,<br />
pp. 185–210.<br />
Pennsylvania Department of Conservation and Natural<br />
Resources. http://www.dcnr.state.pa.us/brc/heritagepark.<br />
Saaty, T. L. 1997. That Is Not the Analytic Hierarchy Process:<br />
What the AHP Is and What It Is Not. Journal of Multi-<br />
Criteria Decision Analysis 6(6), 324–335.<br />
Saaty, T. L., Roger, P. C. and Pell, R. 1980. Portfolio Selection<br />
through Hierarchies. Journal of Portfolio Management<br />
6(3), 16–21.<br />
Saaty, T. L. 1990. How to Make a Decision: The Analytic<br />
Hierarchy Process. European Journal of Operational<br />
Research 48, 9–26.<br />
Shelby, Bo, Heberlein, Thomas A. 1984. A Conceptual<br />
Framework for Carrying Capacity Determination. Leisure<br />
Sciences 6, 433–452.<br />
Swiss National Park. http://www.myswitzerland.com/en.cfm/<br />
about_switzerland/offer.cfm?category=About_TopAttract<br />
ions&subcat=Nature&id=8662.<br />
Wagar, J. A. 1974. Recreational Carrying Capacity Reconsidered.<br />
Journal of Forestry 72 (5), 274–8.<br />
Wagar, J. A. 1964. The Carrying Capacity of Wild Land for<br />
Recreation. Forest Science Monograph 7. Society of<br />
American Foresters. http://www.archive.org/write-review.<br />
php?identifier=forestryresearch019721mbp.<br />
Wasil, E. and Golden, B. 2003. Celebrating 25 years of AHPbased<br />
decision making. Computers and Operations<br />
Research 30, 1419–20.<br />
World Conservation Monitoring Centre (WCMC). 2004.<br />
http:// www.unep-wcmc.org/ – 42k.<br />
World Tourism Organization (WTO). 1981. Saturation of<br />
Tourist Destinations: Report of the Secretary General.<br />
Madrid.<br />
Consumptive Tourism and Conservation of Natural Resources<br />
YUKICHIKA KAWATA 1<br />
Abstract<br />
There are two types of natural resource use: consumptive and non-consumptive. The former is a traditional style<br />
of usage exemplified by hunting, processing, and the physical consumption of natural resources, whereas the latter<br />
is a relatively recent style of usage exemplified by ecotourism and/or green tourism. A shift from consumptive to<br />
non-consumptive use may result in the decrease of natural resources, which may lead to some problematic issues.<br />
For example, game animals have traditionally been utilized physically; this reduces their population size and<br />
contributes to the alleviation of agricultural/forestry damages. However, as the non-consumptive use becomes more<br />
prevalent, people tend to be more inclined toward the protection of natural resources; this results in an increase in<br />
the game population, which causes further damage to agriculture and forests, as well as vegetation. Therefore, for the<br />
conservation of the local landscape as a whole, consumptive use should be maintained. In order to examine this topic,<br />
first, we address the problem in greater detail; second, we search for a solution and propose consumptive tourism; and<br />
finally, we discuss the remaining issues of our research.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The human being has various kinds of routine relationships<br />
with the natural environment, which take tangible<br />
and intangible forms and, as a result, we have received<br />
tremendous spiritual and physical influences from the<br />
natural environment. The relationship between the human<br />
being and the natural environment is not stationary. Most<br />
of the natural environment changes because of succession<br />
and disturbance while human society changes because<br />
of economic development, technology advancement and<br />
cultural transformation. As a result, the relationships<br />
between the natural environment and human society<br />
change continuously. Nevertheless, if the natural<br />
environment and human society successfully coexists,<br />
it may happen because the speed of mutual intervention<br />
and/or the speed of transition are appropriate to each<br />
other.<br />
The natural environment can be classified into the<br />
wilderness areas and secondary nature. A wilderness<br />
area is the state when succession has finished, and it is in<br />
a stable condition. On the other hand, secondary nature<br />
is formed by human influences to varying degrees. In<br />
other words, secondary nature belongs to the so-called<br />
cultural landscapes. It is not easy to define cultural<br />
landscape, but in the broad sense, it is seen as natural<br />
environment which has been affected by human beings<br />
in the full sense. The situation is quite different in the<br />
case of human society. When technology advancement<br />
is slow, or similar politics and culture sustain for long<br />
periods, human society is relatively stable throughout<br />
the time. However, as economy develops, it seems that<br />
the speed of social change tends to accelerate.<br />
When the percentage of the wilderness area in the<br />
whole natural environment is high and the speed of<br />
change in human society is slow, the relationship between<br />
the natural environment and human society changes<br />
slowly. The speed of change of both natural environment<br />
and human society is so slow that both can cope with<br />
the change of the other. However, when the percentage<br />
of secondary nature in the whole natural environment<br />
is high and the speed of change in human society is<br />
high, there is a higher possibility that the relationships<br />
between the natural environment and human society<br />
change drastically in the short term. In this case, nature<br />
cannot keep up with the change of human society, and in<br />
some cases nature is forced to undergo irreversible and<br />
rapid change.<br />
To use some examples – large-scale development of<br />
rainforests, extermination of wild game animals, introduction<br />
of alien invasive species and huge development<br />
of rivers and lakes such as the Aral Sea. All of these<br />
are drastic changes in the natural environment which are<br />
attributed to the excessive use of the natural environment<br />
or its components by human beings. We can show<br />
1<br />
Division of Food Hygiene, Department of Animal and Food Hygiene, Obihiro University of Agriculture and Veterinary<br />
Medicine, Inada-cho, Obihiro, Hokkaido 080-8555, Japan, e-mail: ykawata@obihiro.ac.jp.<br />
34<br />
35
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Consumptive Tourism and Conservation of Natural Resources<br />
an example in detail as follows, which is quoted from<br />
Leopold.<br />
Since then, I have lived to see state after state<br />
extirpate its wolves. I have watched the face of many<br />
a newly wolfless mountain, and seen the southfacing<br />
slopes wrinkle with a maze of new deer<br />
trails. I have seen every edible bush and seedling<br />
browsed, first to anaemic desuetude, and then to<br />
death. I have seen every edible tree defoliated to<br />
the height of saddlehorn. Such a mountain looks as<br />
if someone had given God a new pruning shears,<br />
and forbidden Him all other exercise. In the end<br />
the starved bones of the hoped for deer herd, dead<br />
of its own too-much, bleach with the bones of the<br />
dead sage, or molder under the high-lined junipers.<br />
(Leopold, 1949, pp. 130–132)<br />
These issues which are attributed to over-use by<br />
human beings are already well recognized by the<br />
general public, and various actions have already been<br />
taken. What is required from now on is to cope with<br />
the issues which are attributed to under-use and drastic<br />
changes of natural environment because of under-use.<br />
Therefore, the purposes of this paper are as follows.<br />
Firstly, we point out the possible issues attributed to the<br />
transition from consumptive use to non-consumptive use<br />
of the natural environment. This is because, as we will<br />
examine below, the decrease in the consumptive use of<br />
the natural environment may lead to serious concerns in<br />
conservation.<br />
Secondly, we reexamine traditional sustainable tourism<br />
concepts and propose the necessity of tourism based<br />
on consumptive use. By doing so, we may control the<br />
under-use problem more or less and we can discuss rural<br />
development from a different point of view.<br />
2 Sustainable Tourism Revisited<br />
2.1 Eco Tourism and Green Tourism<br />
It is necessary to review the existing sustainable tourism<br />
concept before we propose a new view in this paper. In<br />
this section, therefore, we briefly review the traditional<br />
sustainable tourism concept largely based on Kawata<br />
(2008). Originally, tourism dates back to overseas studies<br />
of the children of the British higher social stratum, which<br />
was called “the grand tour” in the 18th century. In the<br />
19th century, Thomas Cook made plans for group tours,<br />
which marked the origin of the package tour introduced<br />
at a later time. In the 1960s, the jumbo jet aircraft made<br />
mass transportation possible and mass tourism began.<br />
However, mass tourism has revealed environmental<br />
issues in sightseeing areas.<br />
After the emergence of mass tourism, a new tourism<br />
concept was proposed, which confronted with mass<br />
tourism in various terms such as alternative tourism,<br />
sustainable tourism and responsible tourism. Below<br />
we adopt sustainable tourism as a generic name of the<br />
tourism concept opposite to mass tourism.<br />
There are several types of sustainable tourism,<br />
and here we simply classify these tourism types into<br />
ecotourism and green tourism for descriptive purposes.<br />
The emergence of the ecotourism concept dates back to<br />
the 1960s. The term ‘ecotourism’ seems to be coined<br />
by a Mexican architect Hector Ceballos-Lascurain.<br />
He used the term “turismo-ecologico” in 1983, and he<br />
stated ecotourism is “tourism that involves traveling to<br />
relatively undisturbed natural areas with the specific<br />
object of studying, admiring and enjoying the scenery<br />
and the wild plants and animals, as well as any existing<br />
cultural aspects (both past and present) found in these<br />
areas.”<br />
The concept of ecotourism had started to spread<br />
throughout the world in 1980 because of the momentum<br />
event of “World Conservation Strategy” proposed by<br />
IUCN, UNEP and WWF. In 1982, ecotourism as well<br />
as Debt-for-Nature Swap were discussed in the 3rd<br />
World Parks Congress (World Conference on National<br />
Parks) held in Indonesia. The spread of the concept of<br />
ecotourism accelerated in the 1990s, especially after the<br />
United Nations summit in 2002 “The International Year<br />
of Ecotourism” and the World Ecotourism Summit held<br />
in Quebec, Canada, in 2002.<br />
Green tourism, however, is quite common in<br />
European countries. Green tourism is referred to in<br />
different ways: rural tourism and sustainable tourism<br />
in Britain, agro-tourism in Italy, Spain and Austria. As<br />
these different terms suggest, green tourism generally<br />
takes a form that urban residents travel to rural areas<br />
for holiday. From the brief history above, ecotourism<br />
has developed under the necessity of preservation<br />
and protection of the natural environment, whereas<br />
green tourism has traditionally provided travellers<br />
with satisfaction on vacation, which results in the<br />
conservation of the natural environment.<br />
2.2 Protection and Conservation<br />
The natural environment can be classified as the<br />
wilderness areas where there is no human intervention,<br />
and cultural landscapes that have developed more or<br />
less under human intervention. The concept of cultural<br />
landscapes can be applied to the landscapes which<br />
have not been physically influenced by human beings<br />
but contain sites of religion. In addition to these holy<br />
sites, borrowed landscape, rural landscape and urban<br />
landscape can be classified as cultural landscape.<br />
When faced with such a variety of landscapes, it<br />
is important to distinguish between conservation and<br />
protection. We define that protection is the activity<br />
which permits the natural environment to change<br />
but excludes any influence of human beings with the<br />
intent to utilize the natural environment. Among the<br />
natural environment, a wilderness area is the target<br />
of protection. Once human influence is exerted upon<br />
a wilderness area, it is no longer a wilderness area. In<br />
addition, some parts of secondary nature should be<br />
protected, for example – when abstaining from using<br />
some organism whose population size has drastically<br />
declined. Another example is forests which recharge<br />
groundwater: by restraining harvest of these forests, we<br />
can enjoy multifunction such as groundwater recharge<br />
etc. In this case, the forest itself is under protection.<br />
On the other hand, in the case of conservation,<br />
the natural environment itself is permitted to change<br />
and human beings are also permitted to alter the<br />
natural environment as long as the alteration is based<br />
on rational and sustainable use. One of the most well<br />
known examples of conservation may be the “wise<br />
use” proposed in the Article 3.1 of the 1971 Ramsar<br />
Convention, which states that<br />
[t]he Contracting Parties "shall formulate and<br />
implement their planning so as to promote the<br />
conservation of the wetlands included in the List<br />
and, as far as possible the wise use of wetlands in<br />
their territory." (Ramsar Convention on Wetlands,<br />
2008)<br />
Moreover, based on the Ramsar Convention on<br />
Wetlands,<br />
[t]he wise use concept was defined at the 3rd<br />
Meeting of the Conference of the Contracting<br />
Parties held in Regina, Canada, in 1987<br />
(Recommendation 3.3), as "the sustainable utilization<br />
of wetlands for benefit of humankind in<br />
a way compatible with the maintenance of the<br />
natural properties of the ecosystem." (Ramsar<br />
Convention on Wetlands, 2008)<br />
2.3 Rearranging Ecotourism and Green Tourism<br />
Because ecotourism and green tourism are similar in<br />
many ways, they are sometimes confused with each other.<br />
However, as we have seen above, these two concepts have<br />
different development trails. In this paper, we further<br />
describe these concepts as follows: firstly, the purpose<br />
of ecotourism is to utilize profit for the protection of<br />
the natural environment, which has mainly remained in<br />
developing countries. It is expected that visitors who visit<br />
these natural environments in developing countries avoid<br />
influential activities as much as possible. The main target<br />
natural environments are wilderness areas and some<br />
parts of secondary nature which require protection. It<br />
will be possible to produce economic value by sustaining<br />
these natural environments and, as a result, development<br />
will be restrained. Ecotourism is, in one sense, a tool for<br />
facilitating protection.<br />
Secondly, green tourism aims to provide the opportunity<br />
for people mainly from developed countries to<br />
enjoy staying and sightseeing activities in rural areas of<br />
their own country or neighbouring countries for a vacation.<br />
Therefore, the main target natural environment is<br />
secondary nature. Secondary nature, especially that of<br />
rural areas, has been created, developed, maintained<br />
and improved in quality through agricultural activities<br />
by human beings. It is essential to provide moderate and<br />
sustainable intervention by human beings for maintaining<br />
favourable rural landscapes. Green tourism is an<br />
activity to conserve the natural environment through<br />
desirable utilization.<br />
Because ecotourism and green tourism differs in<br />
that the former emphasizes protection and the latter<br />
emphasizes conservation, these two types of tourism<br />
also differ in utilization of the natural environment:<br />
consumptive or non-consumptive. If resources are<br />
extracted from the natural environment and consumed<br />
and/or altered physically, it is called consumptive use.<br />
If the resources are not extracted from the natural<br />
environment and used without altering them physically<br />
or replacing the position, it is called non-consumptive<br />
use. You may gather fuelwood in fuelwood forests. In<br />
that case, your activity of gathering fuel is consumptive<br />
use but your activity of enjoying scenery during the<br />
gathering activity is non-consumptive use of the<br />
fuelwood forest.<br />
As we have already seen, natural environment can be<br />
classified as the wilderness area and secondary nature.<br />
The former is at a stable condition. Because human<br />
intervention should be avoided in a wilderness area, it<br />
should be protected and human use should be limited<br />
to non-consumptive use. Ecotourism is one of the most<br />
promising methods to give incentive for economic agents<br />
who are concerned with protection.<br />
On the other hand, secondary nature has been created<br />
because of the mutual relationship between the natural<br />
environment and human beings. Therefore, most of the<br />
secondary nature should be conserved, and consumptive<br />
use by human beings is essential. Originally, control of<br />
over-consumptive use was not the aim of green tourism.<br />
However, thanks to the green tourism activities, rural areas<br />
can be sustained because those who enjoy green tourism<br />
have sustained appropriate and rational consumptive<br />
use of the natural environment (say conservation). On<br />
the whole, it can be said that green tourism has given<br />
the economic incentive to appropriately sustain rural<br />
resources which can otherwise suffer from over- or<br />
under-use.<br />
Isaacs (2000, p. 62) quotes the definition of ecotourism<br />
by Boo presented in Luzar et al (1995, p. 545) and states<br />
as follows.<br />
This definition includes hiking, canoeing,<br />
camping, photography, wildlife observation, and<br />
other activities that do not involve the taking of<br />
fish and wildlife. Exclusion of hunting and fishing<br />
36<br />
37
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
is not a depreciation of their capacity to contribute<br />
to habitat conservation, but an acknowledgement<br />
of the distinction between hunting and what is<br />
generally considered to be the rubric of ecotourism<br />
(Isaacs, 2000, p. 62).<br />
As Isaacs clearly states above, consumptive use such<br />
as hunting and fishing is not included in ecotourism.<br />
Tisdell (2003, p. 84) also states that “in general,<br />
ecotourism has been associated with non-consumptive<br />
passive form of wildlife-based tourism,” and Butcher<br />
(2006) describes “ecotourism based development upon<br />
the non-consumption of natural resources.” Kawata<br />
(2008, p. 18) reviewed several definitions of ecotourism<br />
and concluded that it seems that definitions by societies<br />
other than Japan tend to limit ecotourism activities to<br />
non-consumptive ones, whereas definitions by societies<br />
in Japan tend to include consumptive activities.<br />
2.4 Non-Consumptive Use and Its Problems<br />
Until recently, the concern of inappropriate use of the<br />
natural environment has mainly been over consumptive<br />
use issues. One of the examples is the destruction of<br />
wilderness, and ecotourism prevents such activities.<br />
However, there is a possibility that ecotourism causes<br />
excess use by the ecotourists which is beyond the<br />
carrying capacity of the ecotour site. Anyway, the<br />
problem is the degradation of the environmental quality<br />
of the wilderness area caused by over-use. As the<br />
solution, control of usage is essential, and ecotourism is a<br />
promising method. Occasionally, institutional measures<br />
such as access limitation or economic instruments such<br />
as admission charge are used.<br />
Recently, the problem of secondary nature degradation<br />
has worsened. Surprisingly, one of the main reasons<br />
is the under-use of secondary nature. For a deeper<br />
understanding of the issue, it is necessary to introduce<br />
the Intermediate Disturbance Hypothesis of 1978 by<br />
38<br />
protection<br />
conservation<br />
Figure 1.<br />
CLASSIFICATION OF LANDSCAPE<br />
wilderness area<br />
secondary nature<br />
holy place<br />
borrowed landscape<br />
J. H. Connell, which states that biodiversity reaches its<br />
maximum when the disturbance by human beings is<br />
intermediate (Connell, 1978). As this hypothesis suggests,<br />
moderate intervention will create and sustain higher<br />
biodiversity in secondary nature, and the reduction of<br />
intervention will result in the degradation of the quality<br />
of the natural environment.<br />
As we have seen above, reduction of consumptive use<br />
leads to the problem of under-use. In the case of Japan,<br />
forests, storage reservoirs and some wild animals are<br />
typical examples, of which wild animals have caused<br />
severe issues in absence of natural predators (Kawata,<br />
2009a). Moreover, Kawata (2007) points out that underuse<br />
of wild animals may lead to the following two<br />
problems.<br />
Recently, consumptive use has shown a<br />
decrease whereas non-consumptive use has<br />
witnessed an increase. This shift can induce two<br />
problems in the management of game animals in a<br />
scenario encompassing the decline in consumptive<br />
use, increase in non-consumptive use and absence<br />
of predators. [..] The first problem is that as<br />
this shift occurs, the person who utilizes game<br />
animals to gain benefits (user) and the person who<br />
suffers damage (victim) may not be the same. [..]<br />
The second problem is that the utilization of game<br />
animals as beneficial animals will not alleviate<br />
the damage they cause as pests (Kawata, 2007,<br />
pp. 349–350).<br />
An outline of the aforesaid is presented in Figure 1.<br />
Because of over-consumptive use, precious species of<br />
animals and plants have been destroyed in the wilderness<br />
area and regional resources have been depleted in<br />
secondary nature. Ecotourism and green tourism have<br />
been planned to prevent the occurrence of these issues.<br />
On the other hand, consumptive under-use of secondary<br />
rural landscape<br />
urban landscape<br />
cultural landscape<br />
eco tourism<br />
green tourism<br />
over-use:<br />
excess<br />
consumptive<br />
use<br />
COUNTERMEASURES<br />
consumptive<br />
tourism<br />
under-use:<br />
under<br />
consumptive<br />
use<br />
CAUSES OF THE PROBLEMS<br />
nature has brought uncontrolled regional resources,<br />
which result in the reduction of biodiversity and other<br />
issues. However, in case of a wilderness area, under-use<br />
issues will not be revealed because it is desirable for this<br />
area to remove any effect of human beings.<br />
3 Consumptive Tourism<br />
3.1 The Reason for Decline in Consumptive Use<br />
The reason why we need to promote consumptive tourism<br />
is just as we discussed above: reduction of the negative<br />
influence of consumptive use on secondary nature. This<br />
negative influence may result in a negative impact on<br />
human society. For example, if we abandon agricultural<br />
activities, the multi-functionality of agricultural lands<br />
may be lost and biodiversity may decrease, all of which<br />
is a loss for human society.<br />
Then, although we know it will have negative impacts<br />
on human society, what is the reason for the decline of<br />
consumptive use? Here we discuss two topics. Firstly, it<br />
is concerned with the fact that secondary nature is a kind<br />
of public good, as it is well-recognized in social sciences.<br />
Public goods have two characteristics: non-rivalness and<br />
non-excludability. Non-rivalness means that consumption<br />
by one person will not reduce the consumption of another<br />
person. Non-excludability means that it is impossible to<br />
exclude those who refuse to pay for use.<br />
A number of people may understand that, as the use<br />
of secondary nature decreases, the quality of secondary<br />
nature will also decrease. However, even if everyone<br />
concerned understands this concept well, the use of<br />
secondary nature will decrease. This is because once a<br />
person engages in agricultural activities at a cost, others<br />
enjoy benefits generated from this secondary nature<br />
without bearing any cost. In short, the so-called free<br />
ride problems occur. Once consumptive use has started<br />
to diminish, because of the free ride problem, most of<br />
the people may refuse to take actions for stopping this<br />
diminishment.<br />
Nonetheless, the description above does not explain<br />
why consumptive use starts to diminish. To explain<br />
this, we pose the following hypothesis: in short, the use<br />
of secondary nature is also under the influence of the<br />
Petty-Clark’s law. This empirical rule states that as the<br />
national income level improves, the weight shifts from<br />
the primary industry to secondary and tertiary industry.<br />
It was stated in “The Conditions of Economic Progress”<br />
by C. Clark in 1940 and confirmed by S. S. Kuznets<br />
in “Modern Economic Growth” in 1996. The original<br />
idea appeared in “Political Arithmetick” by W. Petty<br />
in 1690.<br />
Use of agricultural lands and artificial forests is<br />
included in the use of secondary nature, all of which<br />
is classified as activities in the primary industry.<br />
Based on the Petty-Clark’s law, the primary industry<br />
Consumptive Tourism and Conservation of Natural Resources<br />
weakens as the national income increases; it follows<br />
that agricultural lands and artificial forests will not<br />
be maintained in time. Human beings have influence<br />
on the natural environment through hunting activities,<br />
which may maintain population size of game ungulates<br />
at low level. Once hunting has been abandoned, such<br />
influences diminish, resulting in the increase of<br />
ungulates; consequently, the rural landscape, where<br />
ungulates reside, will change. As we have already<br />
seen, if predators do not exist, it may result in a drastic<br />
deterioration of the rural landscape.<br />
Above we suggested that the Petty-Clark’s law may<br />
explain the reason for the consumptive use diminishment<br />
and pointed out the free ride problem because of the failure<br />
to stop consumptive use diminishment. Consumptive<br />
tourism is necessary because, as we will examine in<br />
the next section, it seems to be an effective method to<br />
prevent the diminishment of consumptive use.<br />
3.2 Validity of Consumptive Tourism<br />
In what follows, we will discuss the effectiveness of<br />
consumptive tourism for sustaining consumptive use.<br />
We suggested the Petty-Clark’s law to explain the reason<br />
for consumptive use diminishment, but this law is an<br />
empirical rule and not the norm. It means that human<br />
society need not advance in the direction this law<br />
suggests; otherwise some issues concerning consumptive<br />
use diminishment will occur. In short, at least in the<br />
context of consumptive use, we need not emphasize the<br />
Petty-Clark’s law.<br />
However, then we have some doubt: whether<br />
it is possible to put the brakes on consumptive<br />
use diminishment through the implementation of<br />
consumptive tourism. For this doubt, we have the<br />
following suggestion: even if industries shift from<br />
primary to secondary and tertiary, we need to consume<br />
a certain amount of products from the primary industry.<br />
Therefore, the point is if there is profit from producing<br />
agricultural products and/or hunting game animals to<br />
provide meat, and other satisfactory outcomes, as long<br />
as these activities are as profitable as other industries,<br />
it must be possible to maintain consumptive use.<br />
Consumptive tourism can be regarded as a system which<br />
produces these benefits.<br />
In addition, sometimes an exceptional case may<br />
occur. For example, Kawata (2009b) points out based<br />
on the data of 19 European countries that game hunting,<br />
which is one of consumptive uses, has increased when<br />
the per capita GDP is between 10 000 and 20 000 USD,<br />
but once the per capita GDP crosses 20 000 USD, two<br />
groups come to the fore. In one group, the number of<br />
hunters continues to increase, whereas in the other<br />
group, the number of hunters decreases. It suggests that<br />
for several reasons, there will be exceptional situations<br />
of the Petty-Clark’s law.<br />
39
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Consumptive Tourism and Conservation of Natural Resources<br />
3.3 Arranging Consumptive Tourism among<br />
Sustainable Tourism<br />
Many attempts have been instigated so far to arrange<br />
ecotourism and green tourism from various points of<br />
view. In this paper, we have already proposed the possible<br />
selection of hunting tourism as one type of consumptive<br />
tourism. There are other studies which show a similar<br />
point of view. For example, Tisdell (2003) examined<br />
wildlife-based tourism as a type of ecotourism, pointing<br />
out that ecotourism, which may take the form of either<br />
consumptive use or non-consumptive use, will bring<br />
negative impacts on the conservation of the natural<br />
environment. Isaacs (2000, p. 61) states that ecotourism<br />
will face limitation in the conservation of wild animals<br />
and points out the following.<br />
The potential of ecotourism as a wildlife<br />
conservation strategy is limited by its inability to<br />
insure the long-term protection of environmental<br />
assets and by its tendency to contribute directly to<br />
environmental degradation. (Isaacs, 2000, p. 61)<br />
Some of the studies have pointed out that ecotourism<br />
is not enough for the protection of wild animals from<br />
the perspectives of non-consumptive use and long-term<br />
management. These issues may be inevitable because<br />
ecotourism involves self-contradiction. The purpose of<br />
ecotourism is to protect scarce nature while tending to<br />
use protected areas to create the economic incentive for<br />
protection. Non-consumptive use accounts for a large<br />
share of use. However, once visitors (ecotourists) come<br />
to a protected area for a non-consumptive tour, they<br />
inevitably make some impact on the area. In addition,<br />
ecotourism largely relies on non-consumptive use,<br />
and there is a limitation on the creation of economic<br />
values, and the amount of these economic values may be<br />
influenced according to the social situation.<br />
In fact, according to Frost and Bond (2008), nonconsumptive<br />
use may bring lesser amounts of money to<br />
the local community. They examine the Communal Areas<br />
Management Programme for Indigenous Resources<br />
(CAMPFIRE) in Zimbabwe and reveal that CAMPFIRE<br />
transferred over 20 million USD to the participating<br />
communities, 95.2% of which came from safari hunting<br />
(89.5%) and others (5.7%), whereas tourism accounted<br />
for only 2.3%.<br />
Many previous studies have been conducted in this<br />
area, probably because, unfortunately, these problems<br />
are characteristic of ecotourism. On the other hand,<br />
green tourism has not been studied extensively, perhaps<br />
because it is one of the activities for vacation and<br />
consumptive use has not brought similar problems to<br />
consumptive use diminishment. However, in the future<br />
there is some possibility that the under-use problem will<br />
be a serious issue, and it is judicious to examine a new<br />
touring type which can cope with under-use issues.<br />
Due to the fact that green tourism promotes<br />
appropriate and sustainable use of regional resources,<br />
which form the rural landscape, it has already played a<br />
role of controlling not only over-use but also under-use<br />
of secondary nature and its components. The sustainable<br />
tourism proposed in this paper is the one which aims<br />
to find a solution to under-use problems; therefore, this<br />
tourism can be seen as a type of green tourism.<br />
Let us review what has been said above from the<br />
viewpoints of types of use and the purpose of management<br />
as shown in Figure 2. Here, we show hunting tourism as<br />
one of the examples of consumptive tourism. Both the<br />
natural environment and human society will receive<br />
expected effects of some tour by implementing this<br />
tour, which satisfies specific conditions. Tourism is the<br />
system which builds a preferable relationship between<br />
the natural environment and human society through the<br />
implementation of “some tour.” Namely, hunting tourism<br />
is the system which increases consumptive use, solves<br />
the under-use problem and develops a desirable cultural<br />
landscape through the implementation of this tour.<br />
3.4 Some Issues Regarding Consumptive Tourism<br />
Consumptive tourism, on the one hand, contributes<br />
to the resolution of consumptive use diminishment;<br />
on the other hand, there is a possibility it will cause<br />
several problems in the execution of the resolution.<br />
The first problem is competition between consumptive<br />
use and non-consumptive activities. For example, wild<br />
animal watching tours as a type of non-consumptive<br />
use have become popular in various places. This tour<br />
will be more successful as the number of population<br />
increases and disturbance by human beings decreases.<br />
However, if hunting activity has proceeded, the number<br />
of population will decrease; also, because of hunting<br />
pressures wild animals are more careful; hence,<br />
watching tours will be less successful. Moreover,<br />
there will be a limitation that both consumptive and<br />
non-consumptive activities cannot occur at the same<br />
place and time. However, if a place is a good place for<br />
observation, it is also a good one for hunting. Therefore,<br />
hunting and animal watching tours are competing with<br />
one another concerning the place and time; one will<br />
need to select one of them.<br />
Secondly, although we always need some amount of<br />
products of the primary industry, there are some products<br />
which are no longer needed. For example, a meal of wild<br />
animals will be unnecessary as animal products are in<br />
abundance. In such cases, game meat seeking hunting<br />
will no longer continue. Then it will be a realistic<br />
method to make extractive resource use activities such<br />
as sports hunting (enjoying the hunting process itself)<br />
more attractive to control the issues accompanying the<br />
transition to non-consumptive use.<br />
5 Conclusion<br />
In this paper we categorize sustainable tourism into<br />
ecotourism and green tourism, each of which contributes<br />
to the protection of the wilderness area and conservation<br />
of secondary nature, respectively. Some level of human<br />
disturbance is required for secondary nature because it is<br />
developed and maintained under the influence of human<br />
activities. Traditionally, the over-use problem has tended<br />
to be a social issue; recently, the under use-problem<br />
has also become a big issue, and a new type of tourism<br />
should be proposed to cope with the under-use problem.<br />
As we discussed above, this new type of tourism can be<br />
classified as a type of green tourism, but it is different form<br />
of green tourism in that it controls the under-use problem<br />
and aims at making consumptive use to continue.<br />
Refferences<br />
Butcher, J. 2006. Natural Capital and the Advocacy of<br />
Ecotourism as Sustainable Development. Journal of<br />
Sustainable Tourism 14(6): 529–544.<br />
Clark, C. 1940. The Conditions of Economic Progress.<br />
Macmillan.<br />
Connell, J. H. 1978. Diversity in Tropical Rain Forests and<br />
Coral Reefs. Science 199: 1302–1309.<br />
Frost, P. G. H. and I. Bond. 2008. The CAMPFIRE Programme<br />
in Zimbabwe: Payments for Wildlife Services. Ecological<br />
Economics 65: 776–787.<br />
Isaacs, J. C. 2000. The Limited Potential of Ecotourism to<br />
Contribute to Wildlife Conservation. Wildlife Society<br />
Bulletin. 28(1): 61–69.<br />
Kawata, Y. 2007. To Hunt or Not to Hunt? Problems of Underuse<br />
and Another Criticality of Natural Resource Use. Journal<br />
of Rural Economics, Special Issue 2007: 347–354.<br />
Kawata, Y. 2008. Another Sustainable Tourism. KESDP 07–<br />
10: 33 p.<br />
Kawata, Y. 2009a. Under-use Problems of Natural Capitals, in:<br />
K. Asano (ed.), Conservation and Evaluation of Natural<br />
Capital. Minerva Publishing Co. Ltd (in print).<br />
Kawata, Y. 2009b. Economic Growth and Trend Changes in<br />
Wildlife Hunting (mimeo).<br />
Kuznets, S. S. 1966. Modern Economic Growth: Rate,<br />
Structure, and Spread. Yale University Press.<br />
Leopold, A. 1949. A Sand Country Almanac and Sketches<br />
Here and There. Oxford University Press.<br />
Luzar, E. J., A. Diagne, C. Gan and B. R. Henning. 1995.<br />
Evaluating nature-based tourism using the new environmental<br />
paradigm. Journal of Agricultural and Applied<br />
Economics 27: 544–555.<br />
Petty, W. 1690. Political Arithmetick.<br />
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands. 2008. Additional Guidance<br />
for the Implementation of the Wise Use Concept. Adopted<br />
as an annex to Resolution 5.6 of the 5th Meeting of the<br />
Conference of the Contracting Parties held in Kushiro,<br />
Japan, 1993. http://ramsar.org/key_guide_wiseuse_add_<br />
e.htm<br />
Tisdell, C. 2003. Economic Aspects of Ecotourism: Wildlifebased<br />
Tourism and Its Contribution to Nature. Sri Lankan<br />
Journal of Agricultural Economics 5(1): 83–95.<br />
control of over-use<br />
purpose of management<br />
control of under-use<br />
practice<br />
use<br />
type<br />
consumptive use<br />
non-consumptive use<br />
eco tourism<br />
g r e e n<br />
t o u r i s m<br />
hunting tourism<br />
hunting tour<br />
rural tour<br />
eco tour<br />
Figure 2. Types of use and the purpose of management<br />
40<br />
41
Spatial Structures of Tourism in the Rāzna National Park and<br />
Planning for Sustainable Development<br />
ANDRIS KLEPERS 1 , MAIJA ROZĪTE 2 , JURIS SMAĻINSKIS 3<br />
Abstract<br />
The goal of this research is to evaluate the role of tourism in sustainable regional development in one of the newest<br />
tourist destinations of Latvia – the Rāzna National Park. The authors have focused on the identification and mapping<br />
of tourism spatial structures in the park in the context of local social networking and nature protection objectives.<br />
The concept of clusters has been chosen as the most appropriate theory for analyzing tourism spatial structures of<br />
this particular Natura 2000 site. As a result, different spatial processes of tourism development were discovered.<br />
However, the tourism cluster around Rāzna Lake remained undiscovered even with all the prerequisites because<br />
of poor communication among stakeholders. This research has not only confirmed the different understanding of<br />
stakeholders about sustainability and tourism opportunities, but also has progressed towards being actively involved<br />
in the elaboration of a tourism development plan for the territory.<br />
Keywords: tourism in Natura 2000, spatial structures, social networking, cluster concept, sustainable tourism.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The Rāzna National Park was established in 2007 with the<br />
aim of preserving Lake Rāzna and the species diversity,<br />
landscapes, and cultural heritage associated with it, as<br />
well as for the sustainable development of nature-friendly<br />
agriculture, tourism, and ecological education. The total<br />
area of this specially protected nature territory and<br />
Natura 2000 site is 532 km 2 . (Law on the Rāzna National<br />
Park, 2006). The status of the national park, diverse<br />
resources and tourism potential are prerequisites for the<br />
popularity of the destination. However, experience of<br />
mass tourism here is part of history when in soviet times<br />
a tourist camp at Lake Ežezers accommodated around<br />
800 guests per day regularly.<br />
There are around 8000 inhabitants living today<br />
within the boundaries of the national park, as well as 15<br />
specially protected bird species and 14 specially protected<br />
habitats. The Rāzna National Park as a destination has<br />
the total capacity of 578 beds for tourists. At the same<br />
time, there are 21 destination management institutions<br />
responsible for promoting this destination or part of it.<br />
Spatial structures of tourism cannot be described<br />
exclusively on the basis of physical parameters, even<br />
if they are the cornerstone of these structures. Tourism<br />
is based on social relationships and the values created<br />
therein even if we are referring to nature tourism. The<br />
German geographer Schamp (2000) argues that the<br />
social sciences have a great role to play in explaining<br />
the contemporary processes of economic geography.<br />
Sustainable tourism developement in Natura 2000 area<br />
represents a partnership among all the stakeholders:<br />
local people, entrepreneurs, government, and visitors of<br />
the particular area. According to Newsome, Dowling and<br />
Moore (2005), sustainable tourism is gaining acceptance<br />
because it is economically feasible and can benefit all<br />
partners. Burns and Sofield (2001) maintain that the host<br />
community is an important element to consider in the<br />
concept of sustainability, and that the sustainability of<br />
wildlife tourism depends, in part, on its support from<br />
the areas’ residents. Ashley and Roe (1998) note that the<br />
tendency of community involvement in wildlife tourism<br />
has increased due to its perceived local economic, social<br />
and conservation benefits. The development of naturebased<br />
tourism offers local residents income generation,<br />
job opportunities, and specific skill development.<br />
It is also a way in which they can gain benefits from<br />
wildlife that in the past may have only brought costs or<br />
restrictions.<br />
Social networking and the importance of communication<br />
for stakeholder engagement in nature conservation<br />
has parallels with the cluster concept, developed for<br />
local scale economy growth.<br />
1<br />
Vidzeme University of Applied Sciences, University of Latvia, Cēsu iela 4, Valmiera, LV-4200, Latvia,<br />
e-mail: andris.klepers@va.lv<br />
2<br />
University of Latvia, School of Business Administration Turība, Graudu iela 68, Rīga, LV-1058, Latvia, e-mail: maija@turiba.lv<br />
3<br />
Vidzeme University of Applied Sciences, Cēsu iela 4, Valmiera, LV-4200, Latvia, e-mail: juris.smalinskis@va.lv<br />
43
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Porter (1990) defined a cluster as a group of<br />
companies, suppliers, service providers and institutions<br />
that are interrelated in a single sector, are in geographic<br />
proximity, and engage both in mutual competition and<br />
co-operation. Local residents have the same resources<br />
to create the tourism product, and they will have similar<br />
target groups and business strategies – they will compete.<br />
Higher social control of wildlife conservation will<br />
increase in the community at the same time because of<br />
concrete business interests. The European Commission’s<br />
regional policies (2002) particularly emphasise the<br />
principle of clusters. It is defined as any concentration of<br />
interrelated companies in a single sector or in adjacent<br />
sectors in a small geographic space, thus leading to the<br />
emergence of a network which has a potential for joint<br />
innovation. The German researcher Kiese (2008) has<br />
pointed to the broad interpretations that are found in<br />
various sources as to the scope and structure of a cluster.<br />
According to Genosko (2006), clusters can be described<br />
through three elements – spatial proximity, networking,<br />
and external accessibility. As Porter notes (1990, 1998),<br />
growth-based cluster policies include spatial and<br />
economic conditions, the specific conditions of a cluster,<br />
as well as the regional organisational capacity within the<br />
framework of the cluster. The specific requirements for<br />
a cluster emphasise the identification of the initial size<br />
and the level of development, the level of interaction<br />
among strategic companies, and the intensity at which<br />
new companies emerge (Porter 1990, 1998). Malmberg<br />
et al (1996) considers that the so-called cluster<br />
machines – major companies which turn on the cluster –<br />
are among the prerequisites. Within the framework of<br />
tourism destination that could be interpreted as the most<br />
popular tourist attraction, which works as a magnet<br />
attracting larger tourist flows. According to Schamp<br />
(2000), networks among businesspeople become a<br />
“socioeconomic system” – one which demands common<br />
values, behaviours, and intentions, one which emerges<br />
from related structures, neighbourly relations, and<br />
other forms of co-operation and collectivism. This is an<br />
important issue linking this network of co-operation to<br />
the collective learning process about tourism and nature<br />
management in a sustainable way. The emphasis here<br />
is on the idea that an important factor for sustainable<br />
regional development is a special level of quality in<br />
co-operation among the senior officials of different<br />
companies and organisations in the relevant area. Of<br />
particular importance are informal contacts that are based<br />
on mutual trust, as well as relations among individuals.<br />
When this kind of a contact network is established, the<br />
exchange of regionally necessary information occurs<br />
more quickly, and the innovation potential of companies<br />
is based on social relationships. Because of collective<br />
learning processes, they enhance opportunities for<br />
faster local innovations (Brunotte, Gebhardt, Meurer et<br />
al, 2002).<br />
44<br />
The concept of clusters and benefits for nature<br />
conservation from local social networking can serve as<br />
the background for the hypothesis the authors have set:<br />
encouraging of positive creative milieu of stakeholders is<br />
one of the key factors for sustainable development of the<br />
Rāzna National Park.<br />
2 Methods<br />
The authors used a combination of qualitative and<br />
quantitative methods. First, there was field research,<br />
followed by semi-structured interviews. Seminars<br />
about sustainable tourism planning and nature tourism<br />
product marketing were organised for stakeholders.<br />
Three sequential focus group interviews followed<br />
and one familiarisation field excursion within the<br />
boundaries of the Rāzna National Park was organised.<br />
The methodology was based on recommendations<br />
about qualitative research in the field of tourism<br />
given by the Australian researcher Jennings (2005)<br />
and the British researcher Thomas (2004). A total of<br />
56 stakeholders participated in some of the research<br />
parts and altogether 134 visitors were surveyed.<br />
Cartographic methods were used to define the cluster.<br />
Perceptual regionalisation was based on the work of<br />
Gunn and Worms (cited in Smith, 1995). The region's<br />
compactness index and connectivity index were<br />
calculated (cited in Smith, 1995). The dynamics of<br />
the establishment of new companies were used as an<br />
indicator to describe the structure of the cluster (Kiese,<br />
2008). The data were supplemented with qualitative<br />
information from the development plans and strategies<br />
of tourism organisations in the region. Reicheld’s<br />
(2003) Net Promoter Scores as a simple but remarkably<br />
effective method for measuring visitors’ loyalty were<br />
used. That was adapted to the tourism destination<br />
according to the Ritson’s (2006) example of Australian<br />
destinations. However, the use of this method for<br />
evaluation of destinations was criticised by authors in<br />
some cases because of the impact of subjective weather<br />
conditions on the reply of respondents.<br />
3 Results<br />
There is a very pronounced geographical proximity<br />
of tourism service providers in the surroundings of<br />
Lake Rāzna. A large concentration of tourism service<br />
providers is also near Lake Ežezers (Fig. 1). That displays<br />
the succession of tourism traditions from the soviet<br />
period; renewed, the same places are mostly involved<br />
in the present tourism industry. There is a correlation<br />
between new enterprises emerging and the availability<br />
of European Union funds since 2000 (Special Action<br />
Programme for Agriculture and Rural Development) and<br />
2004 again.<br />
Almost one third of all the tourism entrepreneurs<br />
are located very close to each other and near to Lake<br />
Figure 1. The dynamics of the establishment of new tourism enterprises in the Rāzna National Park<br />
Table 1. Eventual tourism product niches using nature resources in the Rāzna National Park<br />
Lakes Rivers Forests Meadows Landscape Wildlife Geology etc<br />
Boat ride<br />
Angling<br />
Water sports<br />
Sunbathing<br />
Beach<br />
Active relaxation<br />
Picnicking<br />
Traditional sauna<br />
Canoying<br />
Angling<br />
Traditional<br />
sauna<br />
NICHE<br />
Spatial Structures of Tourism in the Rāzna National Park and Planning for Sustainable Development<br />
Nature trails<br />
(in progress)<br />
NICHE<br />
Rāzna. At the same time, there is no real cooperation<br />
among them. The advantage of nearness of other tourism<br />
branch competitive forces is seen as neutral, but not as<br />
a reason for cooperation. Entrepreneurs disclaim that<br />
they have chosen their business location, because other<br />
tourism entrepreneurs were there before and they profited<br />
from tourists. In many cases the nearest neighbours<br />
were not informed about offers of others in detail and<br />
sometimes even blamed them. This totally changed after<br />
the destination familiarisation trip for stakeholders.<br />
Knowledge transfer and better communication were<br />
among the benefits derived from that event.<br />
Horse ride<br />
Carriage ride<br />
NICHE<br />
5 bycicle routes<br />
View from the<br />
Mākoņkalns<br />
hill<br />
NICHE<br />
NICHE<br />
NICHE<br />
At the same time, the usage of nature resources<br />
for developing creative tourism products is very low.<br />
Basic tourism products in the park are too uniform<br />
in type, and there is potential to create new products<br />
based on nature resources (Table 1). Water is the main<br />
resource involved, and from the marketing perspective,<br />
entrepreneurs are able to use all the strengths of the<br />
place, at the same time conforming more with the nature<br />
conservation concept.<br />
There is a high score of local residents among all<br />
the tourism entrepreneurs leaning towards social<br />
sustainability with locals involved. Tourism service<br />
45
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Spatial Structures of Tourism in the Rāzna National Park and Planning for Sustainable Development<br />
providers are mostly situated near the water sources<br />
or main roads. On the other hand, to establish a new<br />
company, the most important factor recognised by<br />
the interviewed entrepreneurs is the availability of<br />
property. Tourism is seen by locals as one of the<br />
activities that could be carried out in any of the national<br />
park’s places.<br />
Comparing the factors for location choice here with<br />
other areas outside Natura 2000 (Klepers, Rozīte, 2008a,<br />
2008b, 2008c), a clear connection of using more “soft<br />
factors” in Natura 2000 area was proved.<br />
The desire to co-operate is not very high among<br />
tourism entrepreneurs. That is rather linked with the<br />
individual character of rural people and the Latvian<br />
mentality, often solving problems in isolation. For the<br />
leading generation (the average age of entrepreneurs<br />
is 48), another resistance comes from the forced<br />
collectivisation in the soviet kolkhoz (collective farm)<br />
46<br />
Rāzna National Park - comparing with areas outside Natura 2000<br />
Availability of property<br />
10<br />
Nearness of tourism sector research centres<br />
9.5<br />
Place image<br />
8<br />
9.45<br />
6<br />
Professional qualification resources<br />
Quality of residence<br />
7.15<br />
2.95 2.2 4<br />
2<br />
Nearness of school, kindergarten<br />
3.6 0<br />
7.05 Access options<br />
Nearness of other tourism enterprises<br />
Good attitude of municipality<br />
Figure 2. Enterprise location choice<br />
10<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6.57<br />
4.5<br />
4.55<br />
4.8<br />
6.15<br />
Nearness to the customer market<br />
Characteristics of entrepreneurs<br />
9.24<br />
6.75<br />
Social environment of region<br />
Leisure time spending options in residence<br />
7.67<br />
ready for cooperation ready for innovations ready for risk<br />
Figure 3. Entrepreneurs readiness for cooperation, innovation and assuming risks<br />
Value<br />
Value<br />
system. They are ready for new ideas and full of initiative<br />
for innovations (Fig. 3). At the same time, precaution on<br />
risks was observed.<br />
Evaluating all the other factors important for tourism<br />
development in the Rāzna National Park, good roads and<br />
basic infrastructure were mentioned.<br />
The tourist survey confirmed that the Rāzna National<br />
Park is seen as a homogenous destination. Importance of<br />
administrative boundaries whilst travelling, however, is<br />
very low (4.2 points of 10). Net Promoter Score measured<br />
for this destination was at + 44, which is a high score for<br />
the beginning (to compare with the most popular national<br />
park in Latvia – the Gauja National Park, whose score is<br />
at + 65). Promoters especially highlight the biggest Lake<br />
Rāzna, prominent landscape, wilderness, strong cultural<br />
traditions, and good attitude from the hospitality people.<br />
Detractors advise on the bad condition of roads and poor<br />
quality tourism services.<br />
High Net Promoter Score index is evidence for strong<br />
destination potential, and all the mentioned values are as<br />
the key for sustainability offering them for a long period.<br />
4 Discussion<br />
The results proved that an organised community<br />
with good networking can be effective not only in<br />
offering destination for tourists but also for nature<br />
conservation purposes. From the theoretical point of<br />
view, entrepreneurs understand that they need to offer<br />
a more diverse and sustainable product. Developing<br />
such a product takes more time and requires specific<br />
knowledge. In addition, it comes in strong competition<br />
with all the other Natura 2000 territories, where the<br />
same strategies are used; therefore a larger budget for<br />
advertising is necessary. The national characteristics and<br />
mentality can strongly influence the implementation of<br />
the cluster concept, which could work in other countries,<br />
but not so properly in this case. Another question which<br />
has not been answered yet is as follows: “How can one<br />
evaluate which sustainability is the priority – social<br />
or natural?” There were several cases where cultural<br />
traditions of doing something were ancient and important<br />
for locals; nevertheless, they are hard to promote because<br />
they are not really nature sustainable. Tourism planning<br />
in the name of nature conservation on the local level<br />
often is confronted with some smaller losses in nature.<br />
Can it be worth doing that in the name of much bigger<br />
benefits for nature later on?<br />
5 Conclusions<br />
The opinion expressed by tourism entrepreneurs on the<br />
importance of life quality criteria and other soft factors<br />
when choosing the location of own enterprise proves<br />
the different character of Natura 2000 areas and outside<br />
them, proving that entrepreneurs are more evaluating<br />
emotional factors and other benefits not only from the<br />
business perspective.<br />
Conservation of the nature environment at the<br />
local level is sometimes confronted with the desire of<br />
entrepreneurs to operate only on the basis of economic<br />
development principles. Without targeted educational<br />
support and good communication they often identify<br />
some restrictions as a barrier for business. At the same<br />
time, usage of nature potential as the strength of a<br />
particular area and the best option for tourism marketing<br />
strategies is very low.<br />
The research confirmed the theoretical claim that,<br />
despite comparatively dense competition, a cluster<br />
creates opportunities which serve as a magnet for new<br />
business initiatives, even if the entrepreneurs did not<br />
recognise this fact. However, the cluster theory does<br />
not work properly because the locals (that could be even<br />
generalised for much broader region) are not enthusiastic<br />
to cooperate.<br />
The creative milieu in which businesses operate –<br />
interrelationships and co-operation – are an important<br />
prerequisite for the development of tourism in the region.<br />
This could be one of the key factors for sustainability<br />
due to the collective learning process, social<br />
responsibility, and involvement of locals. However, it<br />
is too early to evaluate the importance of that for the<br />
nature conservation, both because this co-operation is<br />
fairly recent and because there is lack of data about this<br />
co-operation in relation to the economic benefits – how<br />
good will be the results from selling newly developed<br />
nature products.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
The authors would like to thank all the stakeholders<br />
involved in the research process, especially the<br />
administration of the Rāzna National Park. Appreciation<br />
goes to other colleagues, which are working together<br />
on elaboration of tourism developement plan for the<br />
Rāzna National Park: Valters Pranks, Baiba Strazdiņa,<br />
Aiga Petkēvica, Daiga Brakmane from Latvian Fund<br />
for Nature and Anita Līduma from the University of<br />
Latvia.<br />
References<br />
Ashley, C., Roe, D. 1998. Enhancing Community Development<br />
in Wildlife Tourism: Issues and Challenges. London:<br />
International Institute for Environment and Development.<br />
Brunotte, E., Gebhardt, H., Meurer, M. et al. 2002. Lexikon der<br />
Geographie. Heidelberg, Berlin: Spektrum Akademischer<br />
Verlag.<br />
Burns, G. L., Sofield, T. H. B. 2001. The Host Community:<br />
Social and Cultural Issues Concerning Wildlife Tourism.<br />
In: Wildlife Tourism Research Report Series No. 4. Gold<br />
Coast, Queensland: Cooperative Research Centre for<br />
Sustainable Tourism.<br />
European Commision. 2002. Regionale Cluster in Europa<br />
(Beobachtungsnetz der europäischen KMU 2002, 3).<br />
Luxemburg: Amt für amtliche Veröffentlichungen der<br />
Europäischen Gemeinschaft.<br />
Genosko, J. 2006. Clusterentwicklung in Bayern – Probleme<br />
und Perspektiven der Umsetzung. In: Standortwettbewerb<br />
und Tourismus – Regionale Erfolgsstrategien (Hrsg.:<br />
Pechlaner, H., Fischer, E. und Hammann, E.). Berlin:<br />
Erich Schmidt Verlag, S. 61–73.<br />
Jennings, G. R. 2005. Interviewing: a Focus on Qualitative<br />
Techniques. In: Tourism Research Methods (eds. Ritchie,<br />
B., Burns, P. and Palmer, C.). Oxfordshire: CABI<br />
Publishing. Pp. 99–117.<br />
Kiese, M. 2008. Stand und Perspektiven der regionalen<br />
Clusterforschung. In: Cluster und Regionalentwicklung.<br />
Theorie, Beratung und praktische Umsetzung (Hrsg.:<br />
Kiese, M., Schätzl, L.). Dortmund: Verlag Dorothea<br />
Rohn, 2008.<br />
Klepers, A., Rozīte, M. 2008a. The Regional Development<br />
of Tourism and the Emergence of Clusters in Latvia:<br />
The Example of Sigulda. In: Ģeogrāfiski Raksti (Folia<br />
Geographica). Rīga – a.<br />
47
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Klepers, A., Rozīte, M. 2008b. Tourism as a Tool of Sustainable<br />
Urban Development and the Importance of Clusters in<br />
Latvia: Example of Sigulda & Ventspils. In: Sustainable<br />
Development (eds. Brebbia, C. A. et al). Wessex: WIT<br />
Press – b.<br />
Law on Rāzna National Park. Came into force in 01.01.2007.<br />
Published: Latvijas Vēstnesis, 15.11.2006, No.183.<br />
Malmberg, A., Sölvell, O., Zander, I. 1996. Spatial Clustering,<br />
Local Accumulation and Firm Competitiveness,<br />
Geografiska Annaler 78. Pp. 85–97.<br />
Newsome, D., Dowling, R. K., Moore S. A. 2005. Stakeholder<br />
Engagement in Wildlife Tourism. In: Aspects of Tourism –<br />
Wildlife Tourism. Clevedon, Buffalo, Toronto: Channel<br />
View Publications. Pp. 118–125.<br />
Porter, M. E. 1990. The Competitive Advantage of Nations.<br />
New York: The Free Press.<br />
Porter, M. E. 1998. Clusters and the New Economics of<br />
Competition. Harward Business Review. Pp. 77–90.<br />
Reichheld, F. 2003. The One Number You Need to Grow.<br />
Harvard Business Review, December 2003.<br />
Ritson, M. 2006. Net Promoter Scores Australia 2006.<br />
Melbourne Business School.<br />
Rozīte. M., Klepers, A. 2008c. Spatial Structures in Tourism<br />
in Latvia, Their Creation and Identification (Abstract). In:<br />
<strong>Proceedings</strong> of the 31st Geographical Congress of 12–15<br />
August 2008. Pp. 252–253.<br />
Schamp, E. W. 2000. Vernetzte Produktion. Industriegeographie<br />
aus institutioneller Perspektive. Darmstadt:<br />
Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft Darmstadt.<br />
Smith, S. L. J. 1995. Tourism Analysis: A Handbook, 2nd ed.<br />
Harlow: Longman.<br />
Thomas, K. 2004. The research process as a journey. From<br />
positivist traditions into the realms of qualitative inquiry.<br />
In: Qualitative Research in Tourism; Ontologies,<br />
Epistemologies, Metodologies (eds. Phillimore J. and<br />
Goodson, L.). Oxon, Routledge. Pp. 197–214.<br />
The Sustainable Development Profile Structure in the Biosphere Reserve<br />
AGITA LĪVIŅA, IVETA DRUVA-DRUVASKALNE 1<br />
Abstract<br />
The sustainable development profile is used in nature protected areas as a tool to evaluate the current situation and<br />
to set out a vision for future development. Traditionally, a sustainable development profile shows the possibility of<br />
territorial development in three significant environments: social, economic and ecological. We studied the case of<br />
the North Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve (NVBR) in Latvia to investigate a sustainable development profile which also<br />
includes the institutional environment.<br />
We studied theoretical and research literature on sustainable development issues, the experience of protected<br />
territories, including biosphere reserves, regarding planning, introduction and monitoring of sustainable development<br />
in Canada, Spain, Poland and Germany. We analysed the legislation of the Republic of Latvia and its compliance<br />
with the planning documentation of the European Union, Council of Europe and the Baltic Sea Region by integrating<br />
the basic approaches set by the profile research. We made site visits to the territory in June, August, October and<br />
November of 2007. We carried out a survey of local residents of the NVBR to assess the understanding of sustainable<br />
development within the NVBR territory. The survey included 1038 respondents from 38 administrative territories in<br />
the area of the NVBR.<br />
On the basis of the research, we recommend 20 indicators for the description of the current situation and for the<br />
future development of the NVBR sustainable development profile. The indicators are divided into four thematic<br />
groups: environmental (35%), social (20%), economic (20%) and institutional (25%).<br />
Finally, three possible scenarios have been developed on the basis of theory, other biosphere reserve development<br />
profiles, plans and the current situation in the NVBR, including an evaluation of the results of the survey of residents:<br />
the scenario of strong sustainability, weak sustainability, and no sustainability.<br />
Keywords: sustainable development profile, biosphere reserve, sustainability indicators.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
Nature protected areas appear along with the worldwide<br />
economic and industrial development. The most rapid<br />
increase was in 1960. There is a special category of<br />
nature protected areas – biosphere reserves. Within the<br />
framework of the UNESCO programme “The Man and<br />
the Biosphere”, biosphere reserves have been created with<br />
an aim to combine nature protection and conservation,<br />
as well as the economic activities of people, by doing it<br />
in a sustainable way. Biosphere reserves are benchmark<br />
regions for sustainable development (Hadley, 2002).<br />
It is important to understand the meaning of the term<br />
sustainable development, which has been popular in<br />
science and society for the last 30 years. The simplified<br />
traditional 3-circle model of sustainable development,<br />
which consists of economic, nature and social environment,<br />
cannot provide a precise description of sustainable<br />
development in biosphere reserves nowadays. In our<br />
opinion, that is related to the specific aim of biosphere<br />
reserves to develop the territory, including its economic<br />
and entrepreneurial activities. According to our<br />
assumption, we state the main aim of the research – to<br />
elaborate a sustainable development profile of the North<br />
Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve (NVBR), Latvia.<br />
The NVBR was established in 1997 on the basis of<br />
the North Vidzeme Regional Nature Protection Complex<br />
which, in turn, was founded in 1990. The total area<br />
covers 474 350 ha, including 457 697 ha of mainland and<br />
16 750 ha of sea aquatorium, the length of the coastline<br />
is 62 kilometres. The specific protected territories within<br />
the NVBR are: a nature park "The Salaca River Valley”;<br />
three nature conservation areas; and 24 nature reserves.<br />
In total, 27 sites in the NVBR are included in the Natura<br />
2000 network 2 . In January 2007, the NVBR territory was<br />
populated by 78 610 residents, which comprises 3.4% of<br />
the total population of Latvia.<br />
1<br />
Vidzeme University of Applied Science, Cēsu iela 4, Valmiera, LV-4200, Latvia, e-mail: Agita.Livina@va.lv,<br />
Iveta.Druva-Druvaskalne@va.lv.<br />
2<br />
Natura 2000 is a network of nature conservation sites across the European Union, including Special Protected Areas (SPAs) and<br />
Special Areas of Conservation (SACs).<br />
48<br />
49
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
The Sustainable Development Profile Structure in the Biosphere Reserve<br />
An indirect aim of the research is to determine the<br />
attitude and support of local residents towards sustainable<br />
development in the NVBR territory and to compare these<br />
findings with those of our previous tourism development<br />
research in the NVBR territory.<br />
The NVBR is one of the 531 biosphere reserves<br />
in 105 countries of the world which, in accordance<br />
with the Madrid Declaration (UNESCO, 2008) passed<br />
by the Third World Biospheres Congress in 2008,<br />
should enhance cooperation with the local residents,<br />
governmental institutions, the private sector, mass media,<br />
local governments, research and educational institutions,<br />
and to implement the Madrid Action Plan in the period of<br />
2008–2013. The directions clearly indicate a necessity to<br />
improve the institutional environment in the sustainable<br />
development context. The subject of our research was<br />
biosphere reserves and sustainable development.<br />
To achieve our aim and to conduct the research in<br />
order to provide answers to our research question, the<br />
following methods and sources were used: 1) theoretical<br />
literature analysis and case studies – we studied<br />
theoretical and research literature on sustainable<br />
development issues, the experience of nature protected<br />
territories, including biosphere reserves, regarding<br />
planning, introduction and monitoring of sustainable<br />
development; 2) analysis of rules and regulations – the<br />
elaboration of the sustainable development profile was<br />
based on the legislation of the Republic of Latvia and<br />
its compliance with the planning documentation of the<br />
European Union, Council of Europe and the Baltic Sea<br />
Region by integrating the basic approaches set by the<br />
profile research; 3) analysis of the regional and district<br />
planning documents – the profile was elaborated taking<br />
into account the priorities set by the Vidzeme and Rīga<br />
Planning Region development programmes, as well<br />
as considering the priorities and proposals set by the<br />
regional government planning documents; 4) data and<br />
information compilation, generalisation and analysis –<br />
for the profile elaboration, we used the data provided<br />
by the state statistics institutions, the state institutions<br />
and local governments, as well as the data provided by<br />
the NVBR administration and specific research results;<br />
5) site visits to the territory in June, August, October<br />
and November of 2007; 6) the research “Study of local<br />
residents’ viewpoints regarding their perception of<br />
sustainable development in the NVBR territory” was<br />
performed for the study and evaluation of the current<br />
situation – we carried out a survey including three<br />
administrative territories within the NVBR territory; 7)<br />
we organized a working seminar for stakeholders on the<br />
results of the survey of residents and on directions for<br />
further research in the administration of the NVBR.<br />
Our investigation result is an elaborated sustainable<br />
development profile of the NVBR. The profile of<br />
sustainable development for a territory, according to our<br />
research, is usually estimated with the help of indicators<br />
or indices. Indicators are mostly used for evaluation<br />
of the existing situation in achieving the set goals in<br />
four basic dimensions: in the natural, social, economic<br />
and institutional environment, and for the elaboration<br />
of proposals for improvement of the situation. The<br />
sustainable development profile of the NVBR includes<br />
three future development scenarios.<br />
2 Methods<br />
To evaluate the development trends of a territory,<br />
different indices and indicators are used. In general, all<br />
the sustainable development indicators may be divided<br />
into three types according to their structure: categories (a<br />
simple list of indicators, trend indices in specific sectors);<br />
goal/indicator matrix (indicator and goal linkage), and<br />
driving force-state/response matrix (relationship of<br />
elements with the community).<br />
One of the most common conceptual models for the<br />
evaluation of sustainable development is the so-called<br />
driving force-pressure-state-impact-response, or DPSIR,<br />
sustainable development evaluation model, which is<br />
used in the European Union for registering sustainable<br />
development indicators, monitored by Eurostat. The<br />
indicators are divided into ten themes and sub-themes<br />
characterised by several indices (Eurostat, 2008).<br />
The sustainable environment development evaluation<br />
of the European Environment Agency is based on<br />
an evaluation of the current condition and impact<br />
assessment indicators (they are classified by the following<br />
typology: A = descriptive indicators, B = performance,<br />
C = ecological impact, D = political efficiency, E = total<br />
welfare indicators). The European Environment Agency<br />
is currently stocktaking 28 indicators (EEA, 2007).<br />
Researchers describe that the United Nations (UN)<br />
use the so-called driving force-state-response (DSR)<br />
sustainable development criteria model. The driving<br />
forces are supposed to be the processes (in environment,<br />
social sphere, economy) that affect development. The<br />
Division for Sustainable Development of the UN<br />
Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNDESA)<br />
has elaborated 50 basic indicators, divided into 14 themes<br />
according to 4 interrelated dimensions: environmental,<br />
social, economic, and institutional (UN, 2007). The<br />
four-dimension sustainable development model is also<br />
proposed by the Joint Research Centre of the European<br />
Commission (UNESCO SCOPE, 2006).<br />
UNDP has set 8 Millennium Development Goals to<br />
be achieved by 2015, measuring the 8 goals and their subgoals<br />
with 48 progress indicators (UNDP, 2007). The 7th<br />
goal provides “ensuring environmental sustainability”,<br />
one indicator being the proportion of protected terrestrial<br />
and marine territories.<br />
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and<br />
Development (OECD) with 30 member states apply the<br />
pressure-state-response (PSR) sustainable development<br />
criteria model (OECD, 1993). The OECD has elaborated<br />
100 indicators, divided into 12 themes (OECD, 2008). In<br />
1991, a new project was launched within the framework<br />
of the programme “The Man and the Biosphere” –<br />
drafting of Biosphere Reserve Integrated Monitoring,<br />
BRIM; methodological regulations have been prepared<br />
for carrying out environmental and socio-economic<br />
monitoring.<br />
The number of sustainable indicators ranges from ten<br />
themes and few indicators to as much as one hundred<br />
and fifty indicators in the institutions studied.<br />
Within the framework of the United Nations<br />
Development Programme/Global Environmental<br />
Facility (UNDP/GEF) project in 2004, a Canadian<br />
expert G. Whitelaw in his report for the NVBR pointed<br />
out that social monitoring in biosphere reserves had been<br />
neglected and at the moment of drafting the report in<br />
2004, social monitoring had been completed only in 40<br />
(or 9%) of all biosphere reserves (Whitelaw, 2004).<br />
Elaborating a sustainable development profile for<br />
the NVBR, other specially protected nature territories,<br />
including promoting activities and methods for<br />
sustainable development of biosphere reserves, were<br />
evaluated. The examples were chosen according to the<br />
following criteria: 1) G. Whitelaw’s recommendations for<br />
the NVBR project development and improvements; 2) a<br />
protected nature territory, preferably a biosphere reserve;<br />
3) the available scientific research on the respective<br />
protected territory; and 4) the available information<br />
from biosphere reserve web pages regarding sustainable<br />
development issues (integrated monitoring, sustainable<br />
development plans and strategies).<br />
In accordance to the four criteria, we identified the<br />
following biosphere reserves: the Niagara Escarpment<br />
Biosphere Reserve, the Clayoquot Biosphere Reserve<br />
in Vancouver Island in Canada, the Menorca Biosphere<br />
Reserve in the Balearic Islands in Spain, the Bialowieza<br />
Biosphere Reserve in Poland and Belarus, the Grosses<br />
Walsertal Biosphere Reserve in Austria, the Schleswig-<br />
Holstein Wadden Sea and Hallig Islands Biosphere<br />
Reserve in Germany.<br />
Experience and guidelines of other sustainable development<br />
profiles of biosphere reserves were important for<br />
drafting the conceptual idea and structure. A particularly<br />
important factor for elaborating the sustainable development<br />
profile of the NVBR was to identify issues pertaining<br />
to sustainable development for which the NVBR<br />
needs to find solutions and take action. Accordingly,<br />
we carried out a survey in October-November 2007;<br />
59 second-year students of the Tourism and Hospitality<br />
Management Faculty of the Vidzeme University College<br />
were involved in face-to-face questionnaires. 1038 responses<br />
to the questionnaires suitable for data processing<br />
were received. There were 1014 questionnaires from 25<br />
counties, 7 from towns and 5 from towns including rural<br />
territories (38 administrative territories) in the area of the<br />
NVBR. The survey was conducted evenly throughout<br />
the whole territory of the NVBR, including urban, rural<br />
and cross-border areas. The survey questionnaires were<br />
processed using a SPSS data processing programme.<br />
The questionnaire was structured in three parts: Part<br />
I included 38 statements representing 4 sustainable development<br />
dimensions: institutional (10), environmental<br />
(8), economic (11), social (9); Part II included questions<br />
to determine the respondents’ conception of the term<br />
sustainable development, prospective territories and<br />
popular tourism sites by assessment of locals, infrastructure<br />
evaluation (15 services on a scale from 0 (no opinion)<br />
to 5 (very good)), evaluation of the information and<br />
the type of received information on the NVBR; Part III<br />
included information on the respondent (age, nationality,<br />
status of employment, education, income level, place of<br />
residence and duration of residence in the territory).<br />
3 Results<br />
Our main findings from the sustainable development<br />
profiles and indicators in the studied biosphere reserves<br />
and other institutions are the following.<br />
• Indicators are used for evaluation of development<br />
in territories of different sizes: starting from small<br />
municipalities to regions consisting of several states,<br />
and for identifying global development trends.<br />
• As the evaluation of indicators is carried out by<br />
different organisations, it may happen that indicators<br />
are essentially different or formulated differently,<br />
and they are not actually comparable for determining<br />
trends.<br />
• Each protected territory, including biosphere reserves,<br />
selects the most relevant indicators from the common<br />
recommended list of indicators; the selection is by<br />
the number, component or theme, thus accentuating<br />
the priority directions in their operation and in the<br />
potential development of their territory.<br />
• Quite often indicators are grouped as primary<br />
indicators (also called early warning indicators) and<br />
secondary indicators according to how precisely and<br />
in what time period they can quantify any changes or<br />
modifications.<br />
• The necessary data collection and measurement<br />
of indicators is the duty of the administration of<br />
the respective organisations, research institutions:<br />
institutes, observatories, higher education institutions,<br />
and the local community – students, residents.<br />
• The inclusion of socio-economic and institutional<br />
components in the evaluation of sustainable development<br />
is a new emphasis among biosphere reserves<br />
(the examined biosphere reserves have included this<br />
component in their reviews within the last ten years).<br />
50<br />
51
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
The Sustainable Development Profile Structure in the Biosphere Reserve<br />
• The general results from the survey of local residents<br />
show that 30% of all respondents are locals which<br />
have lived in the NVBR all their lives; 10% of<br />
respondents live in the NVBR for less than five years.<br />
The level of understanding of environmental issues<br />
is equal among all generations and all education<br />
levels of the respondents. A full understanding of the<br />
Table 1. The structure of the NVBR Sustainable Development Profile<br />
52<br />
term sustainable development was demonstrated by<br />
49% of the respondents to the particular question on<br />
sustainable development. In total 66% of respondents<br />
answered the question. Respondents most active and<br />
interested to provide answers on understanding the<br />
term sustainable development were 60–69 years<br />
old (71%), 45–59 years old (68%), with secondary<br />
Thematic group ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT INDICATORS, 35%<br />
Sub-group Conservation of Biological Diversity<br />
Indicator Stocktaking of indicator species population size, Salmon (Salmo salar)<br />
Indicator Stocktaking of indicator species population size, Wolf (Canis lupus)<br />
Indicator Stocktaking of indicator species population size, Lynx (Lynx lynx)<br />
Indicator Stocktaking of indicator species population size, Great Snipe (Gallinago media)<br />
Indicator Forest key biotopes<br />
Indicator Stocktaking of indicator species population size, Field Bird Index<br />
Sub-group Landscape Change<br />
Indicator Common area payment (CAP) covered territory, % compared to all the territory of the NVBR<br />
Thematic group SOCIAL COMPONENT INDICATORS, 20%<br />
Sub-group Population Demography<br />
Indicator Natural growth of population<br />
Sub-group Employment<br />
Indicator Demographic load<br />
Sub-group Social Life in the NVBR<br />
Indicator Public activities organised by the NVBR administration for its residents<br />
Sub-group Development of Biological Farming<br />
Indicator Rural Support Service payments to biological farming enterprises per year<br />
Indicator Biological agriculture farms<br />
Thematic group ECONOMIC COMPONENT INDICATORS, 20%<br />
Sub-group Economic Welfare of Population<br />
Indicator Average income tax per capita<br />
Sub-group Entrepreneurship Environment<br />
Indicator The number of non-liquidated enterprises per 1000 inhabitants<br />
Sub-group Building in the NVBR Territory<br />
Indicator The number of building activities in the NVBR territory confirmed by the NVBR<br />
Sub-group Tourism Entrepreneurship<br />
Indicator Tourist accommodation places and the number of beds in the NVBR territory<br />
Thematic group INSTITUTIONAL COMPONENT INDICATORS, 25%<br />
Sub-group Population Participation and Activity<br />
Indicator The number of people involved in public monitoring<br />
Sub-group Residents and Guests’ Awareness of the NVBR<br />
Indicator The number of visitors to the internet site www.biosfera.gov.lv Latvian version per year<br />
Sub-group Sustainable Development of the Territory<br />
Indicator Integration of the Landscape Ecological Plan (LEP) into the NVBR local government plans<br />
Sub-group Waste Management<br />
Indicator The number of contracts with the waste management organisation<br />
Sub-group State Financing for the NVBR Administration<br />
Indicator The NVBR administration budget and changes in the number of employees<br />
education (61%) or higher education (53%), persons<br />
who live in the NVBR for more than 20 years (74%)<br />
or all their lives (82%).<br />
According to the social dimension, the local<br />
population’s priority is to take care of their daily needs,<br />
but they also understand their role and participation in<br />
the NVBR activities. From the economic point of view,<br />
the people have not lost their belief in the economic<br />
development of the region, including tourism, based<br />
on the fact that their place of residence is located in a<br />
specially protected territory.<br />
Poor mutual relationships of the residents with the<br />
local authorities are the most discouraging factor which<br />
requires improvement.<br />
On the basis of the drafted NVBR monitoring<br />
programme, consultations with experts and the results<br />
of the local resident survey, and the experience of other<br />
institutions, the authors recommend 20 indicators for<br />
the description of the current situation and for future<br />
development of the NVBR sustainable development<br />
profile; the indicators may be divided into four<br />
thematic groups; environmental, social, economic, and<br />
institutional (see Table 1).<br />
A proportionally larger number of indicators are<br />
planned for the environmental thematic group (35%),<br />
since, referring to J. Hattingh’s sustainable development<br />
model, natural environment is the basis for everything. In<br />
addition to the traditional approach to the understanding<br />
of sustainable development based on three pillars, the<br />
authors have singled out another institutional group<br />
(25%). During the evaluation of the NVBR specific<br />
goal or the distinction from other specially protected<br />
nature area categories, the authors have concluded that<br />
institutional group indicators are absolutely essential in<br />
the direction of complex sustainable development of the<br />
territory. Summary of the survey of residents and analysis<br />
of the questionnaires has revealed that this is the weakest<br />
link in the sustainability component chain in the NVBR<br />
territory. Social and economic group indicators each<br />
comprise 20%. Table 2 shows a sample of an indicator<br />
table with the assessment of the current situation.<br />
4 Discussion<br />
Three possible scenarios have been developed on the<br />
basis of theory, other biosphere reserve development<br />
profiles, plans and the current situation in the NVBR,<br />
including evaluation of the results of the survey of<br />
residents: the scenario of strong sustainability, weak<br />
sustainability, and no sustainability. All three scenarios<br />
are drafted to take into consideration the aim of the<br />
scenario, institutional components such as management,<br />
financing, cooperation among stakeholders in the NVBR;<br />
economic components such as renovation of buildings,<br />
residents` welfare, poverty; the social component of<br />
residents’ social life, and the environmental component.<br />
The requirements of the environmental component are<br />
equal in all the scenarios. The NVBR territory retains<br />
biological diversity, the flora and fauna development<br />
trends in the NVBR territory are explored, and, if<br />
necessary, activities are undertaken for minimising<br />
particular species. Landscape is cultivated according<br />
to the NVBR ecological plan. Monitoring of the<br />
environmental component is carried out in accordance<br />
with the Integrated Monitoring Programme elaborated<br />
by the NVBR administration and with indicators of the<br />
environmental component required by this profile.<br />
4.1 Scenario for Dramatic Changes in the NVBR<br />
Management, Strong Sustainability<br />
The aim of the territorial development of the NVBR<br />
is the retaining of historically established branches<br />
of the national economy and crafts for residents and<br />
entrepreneurs of the NVBR territory combined with<br />
conservation of natural values. Management requires<br />
changes in the subordination of the NVBR on a<br />
national scale, expanding cooperation of the NVBR<br />
administration with ministries on the basis of rules<br />
and regulations, so that strong sustainability would be<br />
guaranteed, which requires consideration of principles of<br />
synergy. Branch ministries provide financial and human<br />
resources support. Financing for development of the<br />
NVBR territorial infrastructure and reconstruction and<br />
support of sustainable development activities is planned<br />
in branch ministries, thus increasing investments in the<br />
territorial development of the NVBR. In accordance with<br />
cooperation and partnership, residents, entrepreneurs,<br />
local governments and the NVBR administration<br />
have common development goals; they cooperate<br />
and complement each other. Building regulations for<br />
local governments provide building design principles,<br />
requiring retaining the traditional way of building in<br />
the given territory. Territorial planning is taken into<br />
consideration in the decision making process. Residents’<br />
average income is above the subsistence level, income<br />
comes from work in the NVBR territory, employment in<br />
branches of industry typical of this territory. Priority in<br />
entrepreneurship is given to micro- and small enterprise<br />
development with local capital. Natural demographic<br />
growth is positive, no considerable migration of residents.<br />
Regular activities (incl. traditional): informative,<br />
educational, and recreational, with active participation<br />
of residents and entrepreneurs of the territory.<br />
4.2 Scenario of Improvement of the NVBR Operation,<br />
Weak Sustainability<br />
The aim of the NVBR territorial development is<br />
the retaining of historically established branches of<br />
the national economy and crafts for residents and<br />
entrepreneurs of the NVBR territory combined with<br />
conservation of natural values by adapting it to the<br />
demands of the market, changes in the national economy<br />
53
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
The Sustainable Development Profile Structure in the Biosphere Reserve<br />
Table 2. An indicator table of the NVBR sustainable development assessment (sample)<br />
Sub-group of sustainability<br />
Environmental component (7)<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Indicator<br />
Stocktaking of indicator species population size:<br />
Salmon (Salmo salar)<br />
Stocktaking of indicator species population size:<br />
Wolf (Canis lupus)<br />
Stocktaking of indicator species population size:<br />
Lynx (Lynx lynx)<br />
Stocktaking of indicator species population size:<br />
Great Snipe (Gallinago media)<br />
Assessment of the<br />
current situation<br />
Landscape Change Common area payment<br />
<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Conservation of Biological<br />
Diversity<br />
Forest key biotopes<br />
<br />
Field Bird Index<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
No available data<br />
Social component (4)<br />
Population demography Natural growth of population<br />
<br />
Employment Demographic load<br />
<br />
Social Life in the NVBR<br />
Development of Biological<br />
Farming<br />
Economic component (4)<br />
Economic Welfare of<br />
Population<br />
Entrepreneurship Environment<br />
Building<br />
Public activities organised by the NVBR administration for<br />
its residents during the year<br />
Rural Support Service payments to biological farming<br />
enterprises per year<br />
Average income tax per capita<br />
<br />
The number of non-liquidated enterprises per 1000 inhabitants<br />
The number of building activities in the NVBR territory<br />
confirmed by the NVBR<br />
Tourism Entrepreneurship Tourist accommodation places and the number of beds in<br />
the NVBR territory<br />
Institutional component (5)<br />
Population Participation The number of people involved in public monitoring, the<br />
and Activity<br />
number of monitoring activities.<br />
Residents and Guests’<br />
Awareness of the NVBR<br />
Sustainable Development<br />
of the Territory<br />
Waste Management<br />
State Financing for the<br />
NVBR Administration<br />
The number of visitors to the internet site www.biosfera.<br />
gov.lv Latvian version per year<br />
Integration of Landscape Ecological Plan into the NVBR<br />
local government plans<br />
The number of contracts with waste management organisations<br />
The NVBR administration budget and changes in the number<br />
of employees<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
No data available<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Trends<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
and society with respect to ecosystem’s endurance<br />
and regeneration. Accordingly, the management of the<br />
NVBR cooperates with branch ministries for facilitating<br />
the NVBR’s territorial development. Additional financial<br />
and human resources should be attracted from external<br />
sources for implementation of development activities.<br />
The NVBR administration organises informative events<br />
for local governments, NGOs, especially for clarifying<br />
development opportunities in the territory. Building is<br />
allowed by building regulations and territorial planning<br />
in local government territories. Residents’ average<br />
income is above the subsistence level, the place and type<br />
of income source is not important. Natural demographic<br />
growth is positive. Public debate events are organized<br />
for residents and entrepreneurs of the NVBR territory<br />
regarding specially protected area management plans and<br />
other rules and regulations. The NVBR administration<br />
engages in informative activities on the development<br />
opportunities in the NVBR territory.<br />
4.3 Keeping the Status quo Scenario, No Sustainability<br />
The aim of the main direction of activity is specially<br />
protected nature territory conservation. The NVBR<br />
management and administration retains the existing<br />
framework and system. The NVBR plans and<br />
requires the necessary financing from the Ministry of<br />
Environment according to the NVBR administration<br />
operation strategy of 2007–2012, updating it every year.<br />
The NVBR administration organises informative events<br />
for local governments, NGOs and residents. Building is<br />
allowed by building regulations and territorial planning<br />
in local government territories. Residents’ average<br />
income is above the subsistence level, thus facilitating<br />
conservation of nature values. Natural demographic<br />
growth is positive. Activities for the NVBR residents and<br />
entrepreneurs are provided regarding specially protected<br />
area management plans and other rules and regulations.<br />
Conclusions<br />
The 20 indicators defined in the sustainable development<br />
profile,indicesofthefourthematicgroups:environmental,<br />
social, economic and institutional, should be registered<br />
and estimated according to the chosen scenario once in<br />
three years.<br />
According to the three scenarios prepared, the greatest<br />
changes are required in implementation of the scenario<br />
“Dramatic Changes in the NVBR Administration”, which<br />
is focused on strong sustainability in the NVBR development.<br />
Launching of this scenario also requires a longer<br />
period as it is connected with changes in legislation.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
We would like to thank Mrs Silvija Kalniņš from the<br />
United Nations Development Programme (UNDP),<br />
Latvian office and research is financially supported<br />
by the UNDP Global Environment Facility project<br />
“Biodiversity Protection in North Vidzeme Biosphere<br />
Reserve”.<br />
References<br />
Hadley M. 2002. Biosphere Reserves. Special places for people<br />
and nature. Paris, UNESCO Publishing.<br />
European Environment Agency (EEA). 2007. Indicators by<br />
theme, http://themes.eea.europa.eu/indicators/bythemes<br />
Eurostat. 2007. EU Sustainable Development Indicators,<br />
http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/portal/page?_ page<br />
id=1998,66119021,1998_66391726&_ dad=portal&_<br />
schema=PORTAL#THEME8<br />
OECD. 1993. OECD core set of indicators for environmental<br />
performance reviews. OECD Environment Monographs<br />
No. 83. Paris, OECD. http://www.virtualcentre.org/en/<br />
dec/toolbox/Refer/gd93179.pdf<br />
OECD. 2008. OECD Factbook 2007 – Economic,<br />
Environmental and Social Statistics, http://oberon.sourceoecd.org/vl=899113/cl=31/nw=1/rpsv/factbook/<br />
UN. 2007. Indicators of Sustainable Development: Guidelines<br />
and Methodologies. Third edition, October 2007.<br />
http://www.un.org/esa/sustdev/natlinfo/indicators/<br />
guidelines.pdf<br />
UNDP. 2007. Millenium Development Goals. http://www.<br />
mdgmonitor.org/<br />
UNESCO. 2008. Madrid Declaration on the UNESCO Man<br />
and the Biosphere (MAB) Programme and the World<br />
Network of Biosphere Reserves (WNBR). http://www.<br />
unesco.org/mab/madrid/doc/MadridDeclaration.pdf<br />
UNESCO-SCOPE. 2006. Indicators of Sustainability Reliable<br />
Tools for Decision Making. UNESCO Scope Policy Briefs,<br />
May 2006, No. 1. UNESCO-SCOPE, Paris. http://www.<br />
unesco.org/mab/publications/pdf/PolicyBriefsNo1.pdf<br />
Whitelaw G. 2004. Final Report for UNDP/GEF Project No.<br />
LAT/03/G31/A/1G/99, December 31, 2004.<br />
Positive trends, noticeable progress to achieve the goal<br />
A few positive trends in development, but not sufficient to achieve the goal. Changes and improvements necessary<br />
Negative trends, no development, principles of sustainable development not taken into account<br />
54<br />
55
Cultural and Natural Heritage: the Case Study of Vestiena Landscape<br />
Protected Area in Latvia<br />
AIJA MELLUMA 1 , MĀRTIŅŠ LŪKINS 2 , RONALDS KRŪMIŅŠ 3<br />
Abstract<br />
The Vestiena protected landscape area is located in the central part of Latvia, and was established to protect the<br />
regional characteristics and visually important aspects of the landscape structure. However, as a consequence of land<br />
abandonment and natural succession, drastic landscape structure changes occurred in the area. Increasing forest cover<br />
during the last decades is examined from two aspects: as a factor that decreases biological and landscape diversity,<br />
and as potential for habitat restoration. The European Landscape Convention focuses on landscape as a living natural<br />
and cultural heritage. This implies the role of forest as an important landscape component that changes over time<br />
and reflects various policies, management and human attitudes. Following this idea, we studied forest cover spatial<br />
changes over the last 300 years in the Protected Landscape Area Vestiena in Latvia. Major changes of forest cover<br />
and its spatial properties were discovered, and long-term woodlands identified. Areas of long-term forest use and its<br />
specific attributes were considered to be important landscape values supporting biological and landscape diversity<br />
Landscape conservation issues and applied methods in the context of rapid land-use changes are also discussed.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The Vestiena protected landscape area (hereinafter<br />
PLA) occupies 27 150 ha (www.dap.gov.lv, 2007) of<br />
the central part of the Vidzeme Upland (Figure 1). The<br />
PLA was established in 1977, and since then, numerous<br />
landscape-oriented studies and nature conservation<br />
efforts have taken place in the area. The main focus is<br />
on the drastic changes that occurred during the 1980s,<br />
especially regarding the intensification of agricultural<br />
land combined with the vast amelioration and reshaping<br />
of the heterogeneous land use mosaics, and a change in<br />
the settlement pattern from farmsteads to urban centers<br />
(Melluma, 1994). Applied methods and case studies<br />
on the visual aspects of the landscape structure and<br />
permissible load levels are also carried out.<br />
The main objectives of the Vestiena PLA are as<br />
follows: to conserve the regional characteristics of the<br />
landscape structure and visually important aspects; to<br />
prevent incidental and uncoordinated transformation<br />
of the landscape structure and elements; to create<br />
circumstances to ensure the presence of valuable<br />
nature complexes, landscape elements of ecological<br />
and aesthetical importance; to conserve cultural and<br />
historical monuments, as well as all kinds of cultural<br />
values and to balance the use of natural resources for<br />
various needs, including recreation.<br />
A field study has been carried out to support the<br />
elaboration of a management plan for the Vestiena PLA<br />
2 Materials and Methods<br />
Extensive studies of historical data, including forest<br />
management maps and descriptions of forest composition,<br />
land use structures of manor estates in the 19 th and 20 th<br />
centuries were supplemented with extensive field work<br />
and landscape structure mapping. Original data were<br />
processed with GIS tools.<br />
3 Results and Discussion<br />
Objectives of Conservation of Landscape and<br />
Biodiversity<br />
Currently, the conservation of biological diversity is<br />
based on the selected species and habitats listed in the<br />
European Union Directives 79/409/EEC and 92/43/EEC<br />
(Anon, 2007).<br />
Despite the effective use of this approach in smallsized<br />
protected areas, it can hardly be applied to spatially<br />
larger areas, as the concentration per land unit area of<br />
prior species and habitats is usually relatively small<br />
(Hawkins and Selman, 2002; Melluma, 2006).<br />
A broader view on protected areas can be derived<br />
from the UNESCO World Heritage Convention, defining<br />
1<br />
Daugavpils University, Vienibas Str. 13, Daugavpils, LV-5401, Latvia<br />
2<br />
University of Latvia, Faculty of Geography and Earth Sciences, Raiņa Blvd 19, Rīga, LV-1548, Latvia, e-mail: mlukins@lanet.lv<br />
3<br />
Ltd. Grupa 93, Kr. Barona Street 3–4, Rīga, LV-1050, Latvia, e-mail: ronalds.krumins@apollo.lv<br />
57
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
cultural landscapes as a common heritage that forms<br />
over time as a result of interaction between man and<br />
nature. The integration of the notion of heritage into<br />
legislation introduces a human dimension since heritage<br />
links generations and the responsibility of the current<br />
generation to conserve values inherited from the previous<br />
generations (Melluma and Leinerte, 1992).<br />
The Latvian government has endorsed the European<br />
Landscape Convention in 2007, which means that<br />
spatially large protected areas, including the PLA, will<br />
be important foundations for a new-forming landscape<br />
conservation and management system.<br />
Consideration of the Vestiena PLA through a<br />
paradigm of heritage provides a more comprehensive<br />
understanding of landscape development and the<br />
formation of local inhabitants’ identity (Melluma et al,<br />
2006).<br />
The Vestiena PLA, like many other landscapes in<br />
Latvia, has experienced processes of the shifting of land<br />
use practices and forthcoming structural changes of the<br />
landscape (Tērauds et al, 2008; Rasa and Nikodemus,<br />
2008; Penēze, 2006). Therefore, the objectives of<br />
landscape conservation must be corresponding with<br />
the current trends in actual landscapes. Several<br />
major processes can be distinguished: (1) agricultural<br />
practices which lead to extensive use of some areas and<br />
abandonment of others, urbanization which modifies the<br />
structure of rural landscapes; (2) natural regeneration<br />
of forests takes place in areas formerly used for<br />
agricultural purposes; (3) the area of open landscape<br />
Figure 1. Location of the Vestiena protected landscape area in Latvia<br />
58<br />
has decreased, consequently, the appearance of the<br />
landscapes changes. The “privatization of beautiful<br />
sceneries”, i.e. diminishing of landscape availability,<br />
causes psychological effects; (4) abandoned farmsteads,<br />
livestock farms and non-managed roadsides also<br />
cause a psychological effect; (5) a dense structuring<br />
of buildings compared to the tradition in Latvia;<br />
(6) diminishing of available public space simultaneous<br />
with the promotion of tourism and leisure; (7) planning<br />
of urban development in the municipality, acceptance of<br />
new developments on lakefronts/lakeshores; (8) decline<br />
and degradation of historical estate centers and their<br />
surroundings.<br />
Types of Natural and Functional Landscapes<br />
Despite the undulating topography covering the entire<br />
Vestiena PLA, it is possible to distinguish six local<br />
landscape units which represent a spatial variation of<br />
natural prerequisites (Figure 2).<br />
Functional landscapes are formed as a result of the<br />
long-term presence of certain land use types, settling<br />
spatial structure, or as a consequence of sudden change<br />
of social circumstances.<br />
Functional landscapes have spatial dimensions<br />
usually called landscape space, and can be easily<br />
perceived and identified depending on the arrangement<br />
of open space and forest land or on the spatial location of<br />
certain human activity (Figure 2). Functional landscapes<br />
reflect landscape character and its variations, forming a<br />
general conception of the Vestiena PLA.<br />
Table 1. Changes of the number and area of forest patches between the 1920s and 2007<br />
Area of forest<br />
patches, ha<br />
Area, ha Number Mean value Standard deviation<br />
1920s 2007 1920s 2007 1920s 2007 1920s 2007<br />
0.1–20 1716.5 637.1 370 274 4.6 2.3 4.4 2.7<br />
21–120 2282.4 414.8 37 10 61.7 41.5 27.8 24.0<br />
120–250 1875.8 120.5 10 1 187.6 120.5 34.0 -<br />
325–580 3434.3 360.1 7 1 490.6 360.2 98.2 -<br />
> 14000 14 449.5 1 1 14 449.5 -<br />
There also are rural landscapes which have several<br />
subtypes: (1) Landscapes containing ameliorated agricultural<br />
lands – small forest patches are found here and<br />
there, but intensive agricultural activities take place.<br />
These landscape patterns are uniform and compact<br />
open spaces located in the vicinity of roads and urban<br />
centers. (2) Landscapes prior to amelioration represent<br />
a traditional landscape structure before large scale<br />
changes of rural landscapes occurred in the 1970s and<br />
1980s. Areas of this landscape type form small-size<br />
clusters of several properties or “islands” in forests,<br />
and are to be considered an important part of the whole<br />
cultural heritage as they represent comprehensive<br />
examples of the land use traditions of earlier times.<br />
(3) Post-amelioration landscapes are a new type of<br />
rural landscapes originated during the last decades as a<br />
consequence of land abandonment and prevailing natural<br />
succession processes which led to a loss of the former<br />
spatial and visual landscape structure.<br />
Landscapes containing ameliorated agriculture lands<br />
and post-amelioration landscapes form a complicated<br />
mosaic in the whole landscape structure and could be<br />
delineated on a more detailed scale.<br />
Special attention should be paid to the rural landscapes<br />
situated in the vicinity of lakes, as they possess a visual<br />
attractiveness and vulnerability to various impacts.<br />
Their further use must take into account increased risks<br />
in both ecological and social aspects.<br />
Forest landscapes (Figure 3) are the spatially largest<br />
forest areas that contain relatively small contours of<br />
national forests and vast areas of private forests on<br />
former agricultural land.<br />
The landscapes are visually closed and their<br />
development, management and functions are explicitly<br />
specific.<br />
The areas where forests have a long land-use history<br />
are witnesses to various woodland and non-woodland<br />
practices (Sheail, 1999; Rotheram, 2007) and political<br />
decisions (Muir, 2000) over time; thus, forests with a<br />
long history are to be considered a cultural legacy as<br />
well as important sources for landscape and biological<br />
diversity (Foster, 1992; Gustavsson et al, 2007).<br />
Cultural and Natural Heritage: the Case Study of Vestiena Landscape Protected Area in Latvia<br />
By the end of the 18 th century, the largest patches<br />
of forest were located in the central and eastern part<br />
of the Vestiena PLA. During the following decades,<br />
shifting of forest land towards the south-west and<br />
diminishing of previously the largest forest areas<br />
occurred (Figure 3). A growth of the total forest area<br />
and enlargement of previously originated forest patches<br />
took place between 1850 and 1920, occurring mostly<br />
in the eastern part, to a lesser extent, in the central<br />
part. Small forest patches (ca. 20 ha) made up at least<br />
80% of the total number of forest patches in the 1930s.<br />
A swift increment of the proportion of forests started<br />
from the late 1940s continuing up to the present day.<br />
Forest cover has increased by 1.8 times since the 1930s<br />
and makes up 67% of the total area. The number of<br />
small forest patches has decreased more than six times<br />
(see Table 1).<br />
The importance of geographical factors, e.g.<br />
topography, sediments, etc, and land-use mosaic in the<br />
delineation of distinct landscape spaces is diminished by<br />
the increasing forest cover.<br />
The Visually-Spatial Structure of Landscape<br />
The visually-spatial structure of landscape is determined<br />
by the following elements: (1) diversity of types of hills,<br />
e.g. isolated plateau-like hills, massifs of hills, etc;<br />
(2) lakes and lake basins and their spatial arrangement;<br />
(3) valleys of rivers and proglacial spillway valleys;<br />
(4) the rise effect linked with the relative height of hill<br />
or uplift above; (5) the margin effect appears alongside a<br />
sudden shift of terrain height; (6) spectacular/important<br />
sites of cultural heritage.<br />
Lines (linear elements) of the visual structure of<br />
landscape are the so-called “attractive roads” (Figure 4)<br />
along with roadside landscape spaces. Roads intersect<br />
the whole Vestiena PLA, providing an opportunity<br />
to contemplate the ordinary landscape and that of<br />
outstanding visual structure. However, the perception of<br />
landscape spaces is negatively influenced by extending<br />
brushwood on roadsides.<br />
Internal and attractive viewpoints are also identified<br />
in the Vestiena PLA (Figure 4).<br />
59
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Cultural and Natural Heritage: the Case Study of Vestiena Landscape Protected Area in Latvia<br />
Figure 2. Functional<br />
landscapes in the Vestiena<br />
Protected Landscape Area<br />
Figure 3. Spatial dinamic<br />
of forests since 1790 in<br />
the Vestiena Protected<br />
Landscape Area<br />
60<br />
61
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Cultural and Natural Heritage: the Case Study of Vestiena Landscape Protected Area in Latvia<br />
Small-scale landscape elements, e.g. alleys, solitary<br />
oaks, woodlots and birch groves, have a dispersal<br />
distribution, and adequate measures for conservation,<br />
management and restoring are needed.<br />
The hills which are outlined against the terrain are<br />
visible from long distances and serve as landmarks<br />
(Figure 2, 3, 4). However, the perception is influenced by<br />
two processes: natural regeneration and forest logging.<br />
From the visual perspective, hills become invisible as<br />
their relative height seems to decrease. It is proposed<br />
to incorporate visual aspects into the management plan<br />
of these areas, and, if necessary, to plan activities to<br />
harmonize visual and structural changes, e.g. preservation<br />
of tree clumps or tree planting on top of a hill.<br />
Functions/Objectives of Landscape Spaces in the<br />
Vestiena PLA<br />
By analyzing area properties, the functions of each<br />
landscape space (Figure 2) can be derived. The ecological<br />
(index E) objective is set to ensure ecological stability<br />
and prerequisites of biological diversity. It incorporates<br />
the maintenance of landscape spatial structure and the<br />
preservation of small-size landscape units.<br />
The visual (index V) objective is set to conserve<br />
attractive landscape elements and scenery as well as for<br />
the management of landscape spaces and identification/<br />
creation of visual landmarks.<br />
The cultural/historical (index K) objectives are set to<br />
preserve existing monuments of local and national importance<br />
and integrate them into the surrounding landscape.<br />
Analyses of visual landscape structure enable us to<br />
distinguish two types of areas (Figure 4):<br />
• background/ordinary landscapes that conceptualize<br />
the character of the landscapes of the Vestiena PLA;<br />
• areas of outstanding visual structure as well as<br />
centers of historical estates.<br />
Afforestation can be used to harmonize and restore<br />
specific natural landscape elements and functions in<br />
previously drained agricultural areas.<br />
More detailed landscape management plans should<br />
be elaborated for these areas, including the assessment<br />
of possible risk factors, their localization, and studies of<br />
the landscape structure.<br />
Particular attention should be paid to two different<br />
groups of people: local inhabitants and guests (tourists,<br />
holidaymakers etc). Both groups may have different kinds<br />
of interests and requirements from the environment.<br />
References<br />
Foster, D. R. 1992. Land-use history (1730–1990) and vegetation<br />
dynamics in central New England, USA. Journal of<br />
Ecology 80: 753–772.<br />
Gustavsson, E., Lennartsson, T., Emanuelsson, M. 2007.<br />
Land use more than 200 years ago explains current grassland<br />
plant diversity in a Swedish agricultural landscape.<br />
Biological Conservation 138: 47–59.<br />
Hawkins, V., Selman, P. 2002. Landscape scale planning:<br />
exploring alternative land use scenarios. Landscape and<br />
Urban Planning 60: 211–224.<br />
Melluma, A., Leinerte, M. 1992. Ainava un cilvēks. Rīga:<br />
Avots (in Latvian).<br />
Melluma, A. 1994. Methamorphoses of Latvian Landscapes<br />
during Fifty Years of Soviet Rule. Geojournal 33, 1:<br />
55–62.<br />
Melluma, A., Stūre, I., Zariņa, A. 2006. Ainavas kā mantojums:<br />
to izpētes un aizsardzības problēmas Latvijā.<br />
Latvijas Zinātņu Akadēmijas Vēstis, A daļa. Sociālās un<br />
humanitārās zinātnes. 6: 4–24 (in Latvian).<br />
Muir, R. 2000. The New Reading the Landscape (Landscape<br />
Studies). Harvard University Press.<br />
Nikodemus, O., Bell, S., Grīne, I., Liepiņš, I. 2005. The impact<br />
of economic, social and political factors on the landscape<br />
structure of the Vidzeme Uplands in Latvia. Landscape<br />
and Urban Planning 10: 57–67.<br />
Penēze, Z., Nikodemus, O., Grīne, I., Rasa, I., Bell, S. 2004.<br />
Local changes in the landscape structure of Kurzeme during<br />
the 20 th century. Folia Geographica 12: 56–65.<br />
Rasa, I., Nikodemus, O. 2008. The influence of land use<br />
structural changes on the landscape ecological, aesthetic<br />
and cultural-historical values of the Gauja National<br />
Park, Latvia. In: Economic, social and cultural aspects<br />
in biodiversity conservation (eds: Opermanis, O.<br />
and Whitelaw, G). Academic Press of the University of<br />
Latvia. Pp 83–93.<br />
Rotheram, I. D. 2007. The implications of perceptions and<br />
cultural knowledge loss for the management of wooded<br />
landscapes. Forest Ecology and Management 249:<br />
100–115.<br />
Sheail, J. 1999. Creating landscapes from old – an English<br />
perspective on nature conservation. Norwegian Journal of<br />
Geography 53: 71–76.<br />
Terauds, A., Nikodemus, O., Rasa, I. 2008. Analysis of the<br />
landscape structure in the North Vidzeme Biosphere<br />
Reserve, Latvia. In: Economic, social and cultural aspects<br />
in biodiversity conservation (eds: Opermanis, O. and<br />
Whitelaw, G). Academic Press of the University of Latvia.<br />
Pp. 111–121.<br />
www.dap.gov.lv<br />
Figure 4. The visual<br />
and spatial structure of<br />
landscapes in the Vestiena<br />
Protected Landscape Area<br />
62<br />
63
Monitoring of the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse in Specially<br />
Protected Nature Territories<br />
EDWARD MONGIN 1 , YURI BOGUTSKI 2 , NICHOLAS CHERKAS 3<br />
Abstract<br />
The Great Snipe Gallinago media and the Black Grouse Tetrao tetrix are species the numbers of which has<br />
considerably decreased on the territory of Belarus as a result of transformation and destruction of their habitats.<br />
Long-term censuses of these species were conducted on the territory of the National Park “Belovezhskaya Puscha”<br />
and the Berezinsky Biosphere Reserve. The Great Snipe censuses have been conducted on three permanent leks<br />
annually since 2001. For the Black Grouse, we analyzed archive and own data of the censuses performed on the<br />
territory of Belovezhskaya Puscha since 1952, as well as own census data obtained on the territory of the Berezinsky<br />
Reserve since 1999.<br />
It was ascertained that within an extremely short period of time, many native habitats of the Great Snipe can<br />
become unsuitable because of flood-plain meadows overgrowth in the absence of cattle pasture. On the territory<br />
of Belovezhskaya Puscha, a decrease in the Black Grouse population by six-times from the beginning of 1960<br />
was observed. In the Berezinsky Reserve, the short period of observation did not allow to determine the longterm<br />
tendencies of the change in the Black Grouse numbers. The main reasons for a decrease in the Black Grouse<br />
numbers are anthropogenic factors, such as melioration and use of lands for agricultural purposes, which caused<br />
transformation of the natural habitats. On the transformed territories, displaying grounds for this species are typically<br />
overgrown with bushes and trees. Further negative impact on the Black Grouse population is also caused by hunting<br />
and poaching activities.<br />
Introduction<br />
The Great Snipe Gallinago media and the Black Grouse<br />
Tetrao tetrix are bird species with a lek-based mating<br />
system. Both species use successional habitats exposed to<br />
heavy human activity. Distribution of the Great Snipe in<br />
Belarus is associated with floodplain meadows and reach<br />
fens (Mongin, 2008). The Black Grouse’s areal mainly<br />
coincides with the distribution of birch. Its typical native<br />
habitats are marshy birch forests on the south of the forest<br />
zone. Such habitats are bordered by birch-aspen copses<br />
and meadows that provide year-round living conditions<br />
due to the abundance of birch catkins (Gavrin, 1969).<br />
In spite of the differences in the protection status of<br />
the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse, populations of<br />
both species have strongly declined on the territory of<br />
Europe before 1990. At present, further reductions in the<br />
numbers of these species are registered in many countries.<br />
The Great Snipe is one of the bird species currently<br />
classified as globally near-threatened (IUCN, 2004).<br />
At the European level, the Great Snipe is considered<br />
as severely declining and classified as SPEC1 (Birdlife<br />
International, 2004). The Black Grouse is a widespread<br />
resident and its European breeding population is very<br />
large. Nevertheless, its numbers have become smaller<br />
and its habitats more fragmented during the last 50<br />
years. The species has SPEC3 category and is evaluated<br />
as Depleted (Birdlife International, 2004).<br />
In Belarus, the Great Snipe was historically considered<br />
as widespread and a common breeding species in all<br />
regions where suitable habitats existed (Fedyushin &<br />
Dolbik, 1967). According to the new data gathered<br />
during 2000-2001 (Mongin, 2002), it was estimated that<br />
Great Snipe habitats have been reduced by at least 50%<br />
over the past 40 years. The decline of the breeding Great<br />
Snipe population in Belarus was caused predominantly<br />
by habitat loss.<br />
Small decrease of the Black Grouse population was<br />
noted in the Eastern regions of Belarus as early as in<br />
the beginning of the 20 th century (Fedyushin & Dolbik,<br />
1967). Afterwards, censuses conducted by Dolbik<br />
have shown that by the end of the 1970s Black Grouse<br />
population in many places decreased almost two-fold<br />
1<br />
Institute of Zoology NAS, Academicheskaya Str. 27, 220072 Minsk, Belarus, e-mail: edward.m@list.ru<br />
2<br />
Berezinski Biosphere Reserve, Domzeritsy, Vitebsk Region, Belarus<br />
3<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha National Park, Kamenyuki, Brest Region, Belarus<br />
65
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
in comparison with the end of 1950s. Both the number<br />
of leks as well as the number of males displaying on<br />
one lek declined (Dolbik, 1974, 1975, 1984). The works<br />
from 1970s ad 80s do not make it possible to reliably<br />
estimate the total number of Black Grouse on the whole<br />
territory of Belarus, but they show the tendencies of<br />
population decline during that period. However, by<br />
the end of the 1980s, stabilization of the Black Grouse<br />
number has been observed. During that period, breeding<br />
population was estimated at 40,000-54,000 individual<br />
birds (Ivaniutenko et al. 1992). In 1997, on the basis of<br />
departmental censuses the Ministry of Nature Resources<br />
of Belarus estimated Black Grouse numbers at 53,000<br />
individual birds.<br />
The absence of long-term and comparable census<br />
data on the Great Snipe and Black Grouse numbers<br />
does not make it feasible to determine the exact trends<br />
in number change for these species, and to use this<br />
monitoring information for conservation actions. At the<br />
present time, the main task of monitoring should be to<br />
obtain consistent and comparable data from year to year<br />
for key habitats.<br />
In this study we collected long-term and comparable<br />
data on Great Snipe and Black Grouse numbers on the<br />
territories of the National Park “Belovezhskaya Puscha”<br />
and the Berezinsky Biosphere Reserve. On these<br />
protected territories census data can be successfully<br />
used for management and restoration of both the Great<br />
Snipe and the Black Grouse populations.<br />
Material and Methods<br />
Study Areas<br />
The investigations were conducted on the territories<br />
of the National Park “Belovezhskaya Puscha” and the<br />
Berezinsky State Biosphere Reserve (Figure 1). The<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha extends between 52°30´N and<br />
52°55´N, and between 23°35´E and 24°20´E, according<br />
to the borders of 1992. During the last years, the area<br />
of the Belovezskaya Puscha greatly increased at the<br />
expense of the adjacent territories, and in 2005 the<br />
area of the national park totaled 163.5 thousand ha. The<br />
area of the woodlands of the Belovezhskaya Puscha is<br />
87.4 thousand ha. The extension of the Puscha territory<br />
Numbers<br />
210<br />
180<br />
150<br />
120<br />
90<br />
60<br />
30<br />
0<br />
males<br />
1952 1960 1970 1980 2003<br />
from the north to the south totals about 70 km, width<br />
in northern and southern parts amounts from 22 up to<br />
32 km, and in the central part – to about 10 km. The<br />
buffer zone of the national park represents a territory<br />
of 1 to 10 km width along its borders. The economic<br />
activities on this territory are regulated with consent<br />
of the national park administration. The Great Snipe<br />
has relatively few habitats on this territory. The Black<br />
Grouse populations may be found in pockets on rich fens<br />
situated on the borders of the Belovezhskaya Puscha.<br />
The Berezinsky Biosphere Reserve extends between<br />
54°28′N and 54°50′N, and between 28°20′ E and 28°30′E.<br />
Monitoring of the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse in Specially Protected Nature Territories<br />
n leks<br />
Figure 2. Population of the Black Grouse and the number of leks on the territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha<br />
The area of the Berezinsky Biosphere Reserve totals<br />
85.2 thousand ha. The extent of the reserve territory<br />
from the north to the south is about 60 km, the width of<br />
the reserve in the central part is about 22 km. The buffer<br />
zone of the reserve represents a territory of 1 to 2 km<br />
width stretching along the borders of the reserve. The<br />
economic activities on this territory are regulated with<br />
consent of the administration of the reserve. The Great<br />
Snipe has a number of habitats in various parts of the<br />
reserve. The Black Grouse may be commonly found on<br />
bogs, marshy birch forests and floodplain meadows of<br />
the Berezinsky Biosphere Reserve.<br />
Figure 1. Location of study areas: 1 – Berezinsky State Biosphere Reserve; 2 – National Park “Belovezhskaya Puscha”<br />
66<br />
Figure 3. Distribution of the Black Grouse leks within<br />
the territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha between 1947<br />
and 1953 (Gavrin, 1953)<br />
Figure 4. Distribution of the Black Grouse leks within<br />
the territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha in 2003<br />
67
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Methods<br />
A census of the Black Grouse was carried out at leks<br />
using a previously described procedure (Kirikov et al,<br />
1952). In order to define the long-term dynamics of the<br />
Black Grouse on the territory of the Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha, the archive database of censuses compiled by<br />
Gavrin and Datskevich in 1950–1980 was additionally<br />
used.<br />
The Great Snipe was counted at the leks in late<br />
evenings during mid-May through June. Displaying<br />
males were counted from a short distance (i.e., 10–20 m<br />
to the closest male). The flushed birds were counted to<br />
estimate the overall number of birds in each lek (Mongin,<br />
2008).<br />
Results<br />
The Black Grouse<br />
Regular censuses of the Black Grouse on the whole<br />
territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha with the use of<br />
standard methods began since 1952 (Figure 2). In 1952<br />
the Black Grouse population was divided into 14 groups<br />
and inhabited 14,000 ha (~20%) of woodlands (Figure 3).<br />
At that period, the number of leks totaled 30, the average<br />
number of displaying males on one lek was 4.5, and the<br />
maximal number of males in a lek was 15.<br />
At the end of the 1950s and the beginning of the<br />
1960s, cutover patches gradually became unsuitable<br />
for the Black Grouse, as far as the stand age exceeded<br />
25 years, and the Black Grouse were not witnessed in<br />
the woodlands of the Belovezhskaya Puscha anymore.<br />
The censuses of the Black Grouse began since 1960 in<br />
the buffer zone of the Belovezhskaya Puscha, where the<br />
numbers of the Black Grouse also gradually decreased.<br />
Thus, in 1960, 200 displaying males at 14 leks were<br />
counted, in 1970 – 92 males at 15 leks, and in 1980 – 50<br />
males at 15 leks. During the periods from 1970 to 1976<br />
Numbers of males<br />
68<br />
30<br />
25<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
and from 1978 to 1980, a minor increase in the number<br />
of leks was observed. At the same time, there was no<br />
growth in the Black Grouse population, because such<br />
increasing took place at the cost of splitting big leks into<br />
smaller ones (Popenko et al, 1980).<br />
In the period from 1993 to 2003, the Black Grouse<br />
was not observed in the woodlands of the Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha, except solitary males, periodically displaying in<br />
Squares 874 and 875, and rare visitations from the Polish<br />
side of the Puscha and its buffer zone. All the leks were<br />
situated in the buffer zone of the national park (Figure 4).<br />
In 2003, in the buffer zone of the Belovezhskaya Puscha<br />
National Park, 6 leks with 35 displaying males were<br />
registered.<br />
On the territory of the Berezinsky Reserve, regular<br />
censuses using standard methods began since 1999.<br />
Lek 1 (Square 575) was situated on the territory of the<br />
reserve, in the middle of a great bog, on its open part,<br />
which represented a raised sphagnum peat-bog with<br />
an insignificant touch of sedges and cotton-grass. This<br />
biocoenosis is very stable – its changes in the observed<br />
period were extremely insignificant. For a long time (more<br />
than 50 years) there was an absence of anthropogenic<br />
influence here. During the last 10 years, the number<br />
of males at this lek was rather stable (Figure 5). Only<br />
in 2006 a drop in numbers of displaying males was<br />
observed.<br />
Lek 2 was located in the buffer zone of Sq. 8 on the<br />
drained peatery squares alongside the hunting ground<br />
“Barsuki”. Huntings are held at the lek, but not annually.<br />
The hunting season was restricted to March 20 through<br />
May 10 without hunting bag restrictions. The lek was<br />
situated in the open area of the meadow, sowed by<br />
forage crops. The number of males at this lek fluctuated<br />
(Figure 5). A decrease in male numbers was registered<br />
in 2000, as well as in 2006–2007.<br />
lek 1 (sq. 575) lek 2 (sq. 8)<br />
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008<br />
Figure 5. Dynamics of the Black Grouse numbers at Leks 1 and 2 situated on the territory of the Berezinsky Reserve<br />
and having different protection regimes. Lek 1 was situated on a completely protected territory. Lek 2 was situated<br />
in the buffer zone, and was partially affected by huntings.<br />
Lek sq. 643 Lek sq. 629 Lek sq. 616 total numbers<br />
18<br />
16<br />
14<br />
12<br />
10<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
0<br />
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008<br />
Figure 6. Dynamics of the Black Grouse numbers at the small leks in the buffer zone of the Berezinsky Reserve in<br />
Squares 643, 629 and 616, and the total dynamics of the number of males at these leks<br />
Numbers of males<br />
Numbers of males<br />
16<br />
14<br />
12<br />
10<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
0<br />
2001 2003 2004 2006 2007 2008<br />
Small leks in the buffer zone of Sq. 616, 629, 643 were<br />
located not far from each other on the drained peatery<br />
squares, but as with Lek 2, there were no agricultural<br />
works, and squares gradually overgrew with shrubbery<br />
and trees. Hereupon the leks in the buffer zone constantly<br />
move from one place to another. As can be seen from<br />
Figure 6, males visiting leks were not numerous. The<br />
BP lek 1<br />
Figure 7. Dynamics of the Great Snipe numbers at the lek on the territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha<br />
Numbers of males<br />
35<br />
30<br />
25<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
Monitoring of the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse in Specially Protected Nature Territories<br />
BR lek 1 BR lek 2<br />
2001 2002 2004 2005 2007 2008<br />
Figure 8. Dynamics of the Great Snipe numbers at the leks on the territory of the Berezinsky Reserve<br />
lek in the buffer zone of Sq. 616 was the most stable,<br />
displaying males were registered there each year since<br />
the moment of the lek formation in 2002.<br />
The Great Snipe<br />
Censuses of the Great Snipe on the territory of the<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha began in 2001. The Great Snipe<br />
69
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Lek 1 (BP Lek 1) was situated on the open reach fen<br />
Dikoe. The number of males at the lek was stable<br />
(Figure 7). Annually 9 to 15 males were registered there.<br />
At the distance of 900 m from the main Lek 1, a small lek<br />
with 3 to 5 males was additionally discovered.<br />
Monitoring of the Great Snipe on the territory of the<br />
Berezinsky Reserve was conducted on two leks since<br />
2001 (Figure 8). These leks were situated on floodplain<br />
pasturable meadows of the Berezina River. Lek BR 1<br />
was situated in the vicinity of the Brody village, and<br />
the number of males in this lek strongly fluctuated. In<br />
2007, Lek BR 1 moved 800 m from its previous site, and<br />
in 2008 displaying males were not found on the former<br />
display grounds or in nearest vicinity (1–1.5 km). Lek<br />
BR 2 was situated in the vicinity of the Berezino village.<br />
The number of males at the lek varied from 5 up to 18<br />
individuals. A strong decrease in the male numbers was<br />
registered in 2002.<br />
Discussion<br />
The Black Grouse<br />
Long-term monitoring and analized archive data on<br />
the Black Grouse on the territory of the Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha made it possible to estimate the Black Grouse<br />
population dynamics and to analyze the reasons for<br />
changes.<br />
The greatest number of Black Grouse in the<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha was, probably, after the great fires<br />
in 1812 and 1834. At that time, vast territories suitable for<br />
this species had been formed. Thus, for example, Brinken<br />
(1828), who visited the Puscha in 1826, mentioned the<br />
Black Grouse as a very abundant species. But in the<br />
middle of the 19 th century, this species was registered<br />
only in several places (Stralborg, 1861). At the end of<br />
the 19 th century and at the beginning of the 20 th century<br />
the Black Grouse was a rather rare species (Auer, 1898;<br />
Kartsov, 1903). By the end of the 19th century, burnt-out<br />
places in the forest had been already overgrown. As a<br />
result, the Black Grouse, an inhabitant of small-leaved<br />
and coniferous low forests, could not find optimal<br />
habitats among the old and high forests of the Puscha.<br />
By that time, river channels where the Black Grouse<br />
could dwell had also changed substantially. The analysis<br />
of map materials (Afforestation Plan of 1860) shows<br />
that dwelling places of Black Grouse began to change<br />
substantially in the middle of the 19 th century. Exactly<br />
at that time waterlogged floodplains of rivers were used<br />
as hayfields, which caused the destruction of shrubs and<br />
wood thickets along the river banks – native habitats of<br />
the Black Grouse. Later on, raised bogs became the main<br />
habitats of the Black Grouse.<br />
For the first time, data on the number of Black<br />
Grouse in the Belovezhskaya Puscha were provided<br />
by S. A. Severcov in 1939–1940. During this period<br />
he counted 400 individuals of the Black Grouse on the<br />
70<br />
territory of the Belovezhskaya Puscha (Severcov, 1940).<br />
However, the author did not indicate at what time the<br />
census was conducted and what method was used.<br />
The more detailed study of the Black Grouse<br />
populations was commenced by Gavrin at the end of<br />
the 1940s. During the period from 1948 to 1952, the<br />
Black Grouse was numerous on the territory of the<br />
Puscha, but concentrated unevenly in small regions.<br />
The main dwelling regions of the Black Grouse were<br />
mainly confined to the external borders of the reserve,<br />
with low birch forests on mires or floodplain meadows.<br />
The Black Grouse was rare in the central woodlands of<br />
the reserve. There, the Black Grouse was found only<br />
on extensive clearings amongst pine forests, where<br />
pine saplings had a significant mixture of birch and<br />
aspen. The significant wood fellings during the period<br />
from 1916 to 1941 in great plots, and the appearance of<br />
mixed saplings promoted the penetration of the Black<br />
Grouse into the heart of the forest. Black Grouse settled<br />
in the places where clearings occupied large areas of<br />
~100–150 ha, divided by the narrow bands of high pine<br />
forests, and forming, as a whole, areas of 200–300 ha.<br />
Close to the external borders of the woods of the reserve,<br />
Black Grouse settled on isolated clearings with an area<br />
of 30–50 ha (Gavrin, 1953). The process of reducing the<br />
areas of biotopes suitable for the Black Grouse began in<br />
the 1940s (Gavrin, 1956). At the end of the 1950s and<br />
the beginning of the 1960s, clearings gradually became<br />
unfit for the Black Grouse as the age of trees exceeded<br />
25 years.<br />
Since 1960, there were no Black Grouse witnessed<br />
in the Puscha woodlands. The whole Black Grouse<br />
population concentrated on the edges of the Puscha<br />
(Figure 3). In the following decade, optimum lands of the<br />
main type of Black Grouse dwelling were rarely drained<br />
and ploughed. As a result, their area was reduced by 90%.<br />
Naturally, the number of Black Grouse also strongly<br />
decreased. Thus, in 1969 only five leks with several tens<br />
of displaying males were counted (Datskevich, 1971).<br />
Although during the last years extensive open<br />
territories have appeared as a result of clear-cuttings,<br />
penetrating of Black Grouse inside woodlands, as it<br />
happened in the 1950s, was not observed. Exceptions<br />
were the leks which appeared in 2000 on the mires<br />
Glubokoe and Orlovo due to their overgrowth. The area<br />
of these mires decreased by 231 ha from 1982 to 1992.<br />
Substantial overgrowth on the edges of the fen Dikoe<br />
created suitable conditions for Black Grouse dwelling. At<br />
present, the most stable leks are located on the territory<br />
of this fen.<br />
Thereby, we and others closely tie the number of<br />
the Black Grouse on the territory of the Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha to the presence of marshes and new woodless<br />
territories. In the past, the maximum number of the Black<br />
Grouse was noted after strong, vast wildfires. Currently,<br />
Numbers of Black Grouse<br />
30<br />
25<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008<br />
Black Grouse dwell on mire areas and on the peripheries<br />
of the Puscha in insignificant numbers. It is necessary<br />
to note that in the last decade displaying birds occupy<br />
larger territories and display not so tightly as in 1950s.<br />
Moreover, unsteady leks with solitary or few birds have<br />
also appeared. In the opinion of Potapov (1990), single<br />
display is observed on the bounds of areals or in places<br />
with low population densities. The negative factors<br />
that influence the number of the Black Grouse in the<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha are not only the transformation<br />
of natural habitats but also increased predator pressures<br />
and hunting within the buffer territories. It has been<br />
established that the disappearance of two leks of the<br />
Black Grouse was caused by mass shootings of males.<br />
In the Berezinsky Reserve, traditional places of the<br />
Black Grouse displays, in contrast to the Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha, were situated on raised peat-bogs, the area of<br />
which totals 6,600 ha. The most stable conditions for<br />
the Black Grouse exist in these habitats. The numbers of<br />
birds there do not undergo significant fluctuations, such<br />
as at Lek BR 1 (Figure 5). The sharp decline of displaying<br />
birds in 2006 was likely due to the concomitant growing<br />
numbers of red fox on the territory of the reserve during<br />
the same year (Figure 9). At the same time, the dynamics<br />
at Lek 2, located on the drained peatery squares was<br />
likely connected with hunting (shootings in 2000). The<br />
condition of the habitat was stable during the past 10<br />
years, since continual mowing prevents shrub and tree<br />
overgrowth, and thus determines the stability of the<br />
conditions required for spring Black Grouse displays.<br />
The dynamics at Lek BR 2 can also be connected with<br />
movement of the birds within several leks located in the<br />
hunting ground "Barsuki", where spring hunting is held<br />
annually.<br />
The lek in the protection zone of Sq. 616, 629, 643 is<br />
also located on drained peatery squares, but unlike the<br />
Monitoring of the Great Snipe and the Black Grouse in Specially Protected Nature Territories<br />
n Fox BR lek 1 (575)<br />
Figure 9. Dynamics of the Black Grouse at Lek BR1 and the numbers of the Red Fox on the territory of the Berezinsky<br />
Reserve<br />
360<br />
300<br />
240<br />
180<br />
120<br />
Lek BR 1, there is no agricultural work conducted there,<br />
and the squares are gradually overgrown by shrubbery<br />
and trees. Hereupon, the lek constantly moves from one<br />
place to another, and the number of males visiting this<br />
lek is small.<br />
The Great Snipe<br />
In the Belovezhskaya Puscha, nesting biotopes of the<br />
Great Snipe are typically situated in reach fens. In spite<br />
of the drainage of vast tracts of mires, the remaining<br />
part of the main reach fen maintains a stable enough<br />
population of the species. The number of males at the lek<br />
did not significantly change from year to year (Figure 7).<br />
This was connected with a relatively stable water level<br />
and constant presence of favorable forage biotopes. The<br />
possible threat for the stable existence of this lek may be<br />
shrub and tree overgrowth of the open areas of the fen<br />
because of lack of mowing. Furthermore, some danger<br />
comes from changing the hydrological regime as a result<br />
of the reclamation system operating on the edge of the<br />
mire tract.<br />
In contrast to the Belovezhskaya Puscha, in the<br />
Berezinsky Reserve leks were situated on floodplain<br />
pasturable meadows of the Berezina River. The living<br />
conditions in such biotopes change more often than in<br />
the fens. First of all, the high water frequently floods<br />
places of feeding and leks and birds, as a result, move<br />
to other places. The optimal structure of vegetation and<br />
favorable forage biotopes on floodplain meadows are<br />
also connected with pasture duty.<br />
The decrease in male numbers at Lek BR 2 in 2002<br />
was connected with extremely dry conditions in the<br />
spring and the beginning of summer and low level of<br />
floods of the Berezina River (Figure 8). Obviously<br />
in this year birds have been redistributed around the<br />
favorable biotopes, and only 5 males were registered<br />
60<br />
0<br />
Numbers of Fox<br />
71
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
on this lek. At the same time, a long-drown flood in<br />
2007 caused the movement of Lek 1 to the non-flooded<br />
parts of the meadow that were situated at the distance<br />
of 800 m from the former lekking area. In 2008, high<br />
floods and the termination of cattle grazing at the<br />
place of Lek BR 1 led to the total disappearance of this<br />
lek. The birds probably moved to unidentified smaller<br />
leks due to the absence of optimal habitat. Similar<br />
occurrences took place in the Sporovsky Preserve,<br />
where a significant reduction of cattle pasture and<br />
mowing resulted in the total disappearance of<br />
substantial Great Snipe leks in 2008, when displaying<br />
of solitary birds was observed only.<br />
Conclusions<br />
The analysis of the conditions of the Black Grouse leks<br />
on the territories of the Belovezhskaya Puscha and the<br />
Berezinsky Reserve shows that the main reasons for the<br />
reduction of Black Grouse numbers are anthropogenic<br />
factors. Land reclamation and active agricultural use<br />
of the studied territories have negatively transformed<br />
natural habitats, which led to a sharp increase in the<br />
vulnerability of nests and hatches of the Black Grouse,<br />
frequently associated with an increase in the pressure<br />
by predators in the years of rodent depression. Hunting<br />
and poaching also causes a negative influence upon<br />
the number of the species. On the other hand, human<br />
activities may have positive influence. Stability of the<br />
display places is frequently maintained by mowing at the<br />
leks, which provides displaying birds a better view and,<br />
consequently, the best protection from predators.<br />
Parallel studies of the Great Snipe conducted on the<br />
territories of the Berezinsky Reserve and the National<br />
Park “Belovezhskaya Puscha” suggest that there is a<br />
rapid change in habitats of this species, and that in an<br />
extremely short period of time numerous biotopes<br />
may become unsuitable for this species. There is a<br />
strong necessity for rational biotope management on<br />
the protected territories. In particular, considerable<br />
decrease of the Great Snipe habitats is occurring due to<br />
termination of agricultural mowing and cattle grazing.<br />
Some alternative strategies for habitat management<br />
should be developed and implemented.<br />
References<br />
Auer G. 1898. Die jagd in Belowiechi. Jager Beit.<br />
Brincken Julius. 1828. Mémoire descriptif sur la forêt impériale<br />
de Białowieża en Lithuanie, redige por. Varsovie.<br />
Mongin, E. 2002. Snipes in Belarus. In: Snipes of the Eastern<br />
Baltic Region and Belarus. OMPO special publication.<br />
Pp. 15–35.<br />
Mongin, E. 2008. Great Snipe population, habitat management<br />
and conservation aspects in Belarus: a review.<br />
In: Economic, social and cultural aspects in biodiversity<br />
conservation (eds. Opermanis, O., Whitelaw, G.)<br />
The University of Latvia Press. Pp. 31–38.<br />
BirdLife International. 2004. Birds in Europe: populations estimates,<br />
trends and conservation status. Cambridge.<br />
Gavrin V. F. 1953. Materials on ecology of Tetraonidae in<br />
Belovezhskaya Puscha. Typescript. Kameniuki, 329 p. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Gavrin V. F. 1956. Ecology of Tetraonidae of Belovezhskaya<br />
Puscha. Abstract of Ph.D. Thesis of Gavrin V. F. (candidate<br />
degree), Academy of Sciences of Kazakhstan SSR,<br />
Institute of Zoology, Alma-Ata. (In Russian)<br />
Datskevich V. A. 1971. Ornithofauna of Belovezhskaya Puscha<br />
and vicinities. In: Belovezhskaya Puscha. Researches, 5 th<br />
issue. Minsk: Uradzhai. Pp. 184–222. (In Russian)<br />
Dolbik M. S. 1974. Landscape structure of ornithofauna of<br />
Belarus. Minsk: Nauka I tekhnika. (In Russian)<br />
Dolbik M. S. 1975. Black Grouse. Tetraonidae birds, distribution,<br />
ecology, use and protection. Moscow: Nauka. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Dolbik M. S. 1984. Modern conditions of Capercaillie and<br />
Black Grouse reserves in Byelorussia. In: Ways of increasing<br />
of efficiency of game-keeping activities in BSSR.<br />
Minsk. Pp. 15–16. (In Russian)<br />
Ivaniutenko A. N., Pareiko O. A., Bychkov V. P., Rafalovich<br />
T. I., Semashko I. I. 1992. Regularities of modern distribution<br />
and dynamics of the number of Capercaillie and<br />
Black Grouse in Byelorussia. Minsk, 18 p. Deposited in<br />
Institute of Zoology of Academy of Science of Belarus,<br />
Scientific Eco-center “Veras-Eco”, 18/09/1992, #113. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Kartsov G. 1903. Belovezhskaya Puscha. St. Petersburg. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Kirikov S. V., Mikheev A. V., Spangenberg E. P. 1952. Censuses<br />
of Galliformes. In: Methods of censuses and geographical<br />
distribution of ground vertebrates. Moscow: edition<br />
of Institute of Geography of the Academy of Sciences of<br />
USSR. Pp. 260–265. (In Russian)<br />
Popenko V. M., Datskevich V. A., Kolosey L. K. 1986.<br />
Modern composition and structure of ornithofauna<br />
of Belovezhskaya Puscha and vicinities. In: Report<br />
on scientific research work for 1983, 1984. Kameniuki. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Potapov R. L. 1990. Birds of the grouse family (Tetraonidae).<br />
Leningrad University. (In Russian)<br />
Severtsev S. A. 1940. Belovezhskaya Puscha. Nature, 10. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Fedyushin, A. and Dolbik, M. 1967. Birds of Belarus. Nauka i<br />
Tekhnika. (In Russian)<br />
Stralborg K. 1861. Propositions on European Bison and Game<br />
Protection in Belovezhskaya Puscha. National Historical<br />
Archive in Grodno. Fund #31. List 1 (add.). File 204. (In<br />
Russian)<br />
Spatial Planning and Bioenergy: Use of GIS Instruments<br />
ILZE NEIMANE 1 , JURIS ZARIŅŠ 2<br />
Abstract<br />
Use of biomass for heat and power production is considered to be one of the main driving forces in sustainable<br />
development. In opposition to fossil energy sources, which require centralized power production systems, use of<br />
biofuel is decentralized and closely linked with regional development planning.<br />
To consider bioenergy as a regional development factor and a spatial planning task, one of the preconditions is<br />
understanding and use of spatial planning instruments such as Geographical Information Systems (GIS).<br />
One of the tasks of GIS is to represent and visualize figures, thus making them easily identifiable. Information on<br />
biomass is also related to a territory, from the evaluation of resources to the utilization of biomass. The access to<br />
biomass information, calculation methods and utilization experience should be provided to interested persons in a<br />
way that embraces the field to the maximum and is simple at the same time. The end-user, who is the main consumer,<br />
most often is not a professional able to study the source of information.<br />
We can imagine GIS as a hand with five fingers – computer engineering, software, aim of application, geographical<br />
data, and trained personnel – without anyone of these, a wholesome GIS system cannot be imagined.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
The continuing global trends of limited fossil resources<br />
and climate change as leading environmental problems<br />
have raised the importance of using alternative energy<br />
sources, inter alia biomass, which is the most significant<br />
alternative energy source in the Baltic Sea region.<br />
Nonetheless, the use of bioenergy produced from biomass<br />
is decentralized in comparison with fossil sources and<br />
is strongly related to local decision-making processes.<br />
Moreover, in local decision-making processes, the use of<br />
bioenergy is considered more as a regional development<br />
factor instead of a solution for global environmental<br />
problems.<br />
Trade of bioenergy resources in the Baltic Sea region<br />
has grown on an international scale, thus advancing the<br />
issue of use of biomass resources for bioenergy production<br />
from the local to international aspect. Due to lack of local<br />
consumption of biomass by large-scale heating plants in<br />
Latvia, during the second part of the 1990s and the last<br />
decade, biofuel was mainly exported to Scandinavian<br />
countries. The highest export volume was reached in<br />
2006–2007. Local utilization of biofuel resources on a<br />
larger scale has begun only in the current decade, which<br />
has raised such issues as resource availability, economic<br />
efficiency, and sustainability.<br />
2 Methods<br />
GIS Instruments for Biomass Planning<br />
Since information on bioenergy production relates to a<br />
specific territory, beginning with the study, extraction<br />
and utilization of bioenergy, it is necessary to consider<br />
the aspects of the local use of such information –<br />
perception of information, the aim of application, choice<br />
of the data to use.<br />
One of the tasks of GIS is to visualize the calculated<br />
information, thus making it easily perceivable – numbers<br />
and figures alone are not the message that the end-user<br />
can perceive. In most cases, the end-user will not be a professional<br />
able to study sources of information, and even<br />
if there is some place to gather information on biomass,<br />
in each separate case it cannot be compared one to one<br />
with, for example, information gathered in the neighboring<br />
region. It is important to secure access to calculation<br />
models, end-use experience and other information important<br />
to the regional production and utilization of biomass<br />
to any interested person in a way that embraces the field<br />
to the maximum and is simple at the same time.<br />
We can analyze the aspects of implementation and use<br />
of GIS for bioenergy applications at the local level using<br />
the overall GIS definition – the hand with five fingers in<br />
case of the lack of any of which a wholesome system of<br />
GIS cannot be conceived. The two most simple parts of<br />
1<br />
State SIA “Vides Projekti”, Pils iela 17, Rīga, LV-1050, Latvia, e-mail: ilze.neimane@videsprojekti.lv<br />
2<br />
State Forest Service, 13. janvāra iela 15, Rīga, LV-1932, Latvia, e-mail: juris@vmd.gov.lv<br />
72<br />
73
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Figure 1. Model builder<br />
levels of statistics – by civil parishes, districts, possibly<br />
NUTS (Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics)<br />
territories. Identical identifiers are necessary for both<br />
textual and graphical data, which allows to perform<br />
thematic visualization of graphical sites – either for a<br />
separate forest compartment or for territories of civil<br />
parishes of the whole country.<br />
Data from the State Forest Register with detailed<br />
information at the sectional level on wood-growing stock<br />
was used to develop the forest biomass calculation model<br />
with the ArcGIS software. The register also contains<br />
the identifiers to represent the selected information in a<br />
forest digital map or to represent it as summarized by the<br />
territories of civil parishes (GIS, 2006).<br />
The aim of the development of the GIS tools at the<br />
tactical level was to automatically select the forest<br />
compartments available for biomass production, but at<br />
the regional planning level – to represent the calculated<br />
volume of biomass in the map of specific civil parishes.<br />
The implementation at the tactical level was carried<br />
out with ArcGIS software with the help of a model<br />
builder that allows (on the basis of the repeatability<br />
of the data mentioned above) to repeat the data to be<br />
obtained in any other civil parish, district or territory of<br />
Latvia (see Figure 1).<br />
At the planning level, GIS tools could be used for<br />
very simple thematic maps that are implemented with<br />
the ArcGIS software by developing the so-called map<br />
templates that ensure a consolidation of digital maps of<br />
civil parishes with calculated information of the State<br />
Forest Service by using the identifiers of civil parishes at<br />
the national level (see Figure 2).<br />
Another example of the use of GIS tools is the determination<br />
of territories that are suitable (available) for the<br />
establishment of plantations of fast-growing tree species.<br />
Spatial Planning and Bioenergy: Use of GIS Instruments<br />
Data required for such calculations is road information<br />
from logistics calculations of topographic maps at the<br />
national level performed by using the ArcGIS Network<br />
Analyst software, information on biomass utilization<br />
places in order to determine the logistics service zones<br />
depending on the distance of the delivery, as well as<br />
various limiting information, for example, territories<br />
of Natura 2000 or territories of biologically valuable<br />
grasslands which cannot be utilized due to legal<br />
restrictions.<br />
The graphical information on land use is needed in<br />
order to select the available territories of minimum size<br />
for the establishment of plantations in a set distance both<br />
from the roads and delivery points.<br />
The task at the planning level is identical to the<br />
previous example – to represent the obtained information<br />
at the level of civil parishes.<br />
In this example a filtered data sheet prepared by<br />
the creators of ArcGIS models, a selection of logistics<br />
is included from the previously prepared state register<br />
data. The models have been prepared so that when the<br />
indications of profitability, like the distance from the<br />
road, points of delivery or size of the territory, change,<br />
it is possible to enter the data before repeating the<br />
calculation of the model (see Figure 3, 4).<br />
The development of the new web-based GIS<br />
applications on the basis of such models provides the<br />
ability to get answers about available resources of<br />
biomass online. There is no need for special expensive<br />
software or locally installed GIS data. All one needs is<br />
a web application developed by the local authorities of<br />
a territory or a by spatial planner with a background<br />
of map information, classified data base structure<br />
where to place the information, and tools to calculate<br />
requests.<br />
Figure 2. The thematic map portraying biomass potential in the Tukums district<br />
GIS are computer engineering and software, which at the<br />
beginning seems to be the most expensive investment.<br />
However, according to worldwide experience, the<br />
bottleneck of GIS applications is the other three parts:<br />
the aim of application, geographical data, and trained<br />
personnel.<br />
3 Results and Discussion<br />
When choosing the data to utilize with GIS tools, the<br />
emphasis is put on repeatable data which are updated<br />
on a regular basis in various regions. Such a choice<br />
ensures the possibility to use data with established<br />
content and known classification that in turn ensures<br />
sustainability of the results and the ability to transfer<br />
these data to other regions because they do not require<br />
gathering of particular information. Obtaining the<br />
data should be divided into the general – tactical – and<br />
regional level. Therefore, data with a country-level<br />
identification order are used. This allows summarizing<br />
and categorizing the data according to recognizable<br />
Figure 3. Field blocks including set-aside land ≥ 5 ha<br />
Figure 4. Non-cultivated field blocks with area ≥ 5 ha<br />
74<br />
75
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
4 Conclusions<br />
Bioenergy as a Spatial Planning Task<br />
Linkages between the use of bioenergy and spatial<br />
planning are a relatively new issue; however, considering<br />
the recent trends of development of the European Union<br />
policy on bioenergy issues, the significance of bioenergy<br />
as a spatial planning task will increase in the future.<br />
The relevance of spatial planning solutions seems to<br />
be even higher in regions where bioenergy and industrial<br />
biomass production capacities compete for a limited<br />
amount of resources or in regions where wood biomass<br />
is barred by profitable export markets, leaving limited<br />
resources for local bioenergy applications (BBN, 2007).<br />
Local and regional planning issues in Latvia are<br />
still at the development stage. Influenced by continuous<br />
territorial reforms, planning documents often include<br />
minimal requirements, leaving behind such aspects as<br />
renewable energy resources, inter alia bioenergy as a<br />
factor for local development. A well-defined planning<br />
system could promote efficient elaboration of planning<br />
documents which could examine the larger consequences<br />
of the spatial planning perspectives.<br />
Sustainable bioenergy development will depend<br />
on its integration in the regional spatial planning<br />
processes, considering such issues as regional potential,<br />
logistics, biomass production infrastructures, limiting<br />
factors, balanced use of resources, including natural<br />
and landscape resources, soil, water, and air, as well as<br />
coherence with other aspects of territorial planning. The<br />
use of spatial planning to promote sustainable bioenergy<br />
development involves endeavoring to view the concepts<br />
of development and environmental protection as<br />
complementary rather than contradictory (BBN, 2007).<br />
The development of regional strategic plans is closely<br />
linked to a comprehensive spatial planning development<br />
in regions, as well as local/regional development priorities<br />
in relation to bioenergy issues (BBN, 2007).<br />
References<br />
BBN. 2007. Planning Regional Bioenergy Resource Use –<br />
Interreg. III B Project Handbook, Baltic Biomass Network<br />
(2005–2007). 106 p.<br />
GIS. 2006. GIS-based methods for biomass modelling<br />
at regional level in the Baltic countries, Conference<br />
<strong>Proceedings</strong>, May 18–19, 2006, Lithuanian University of<br />
Agriculture, 89 p.<br />
Moret Artur, ed. 2006. Sustainability Criteria and Indicators<br />
for Bioenergy. GT Energia Do FBOMS.<br />
www.esri.com<br />
www.lad.gov.lv<br />
www.vmd.gov.lv<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning<br />
and Biodiversity Conservation: a Case Study of the Monitoring the<br />
Moraine Project, Oak Ridges Moraine, Southern Ontario, Canada<br />
GRAHAM WHITELAW 1 , DANIEL MCCARTHY, DEBBE CRANDALL, JOYCE CHAU, KATRINA<br />
BROUGHTON<br />
Abstract<br />
The Oak Ridges Moraine (ORM) is a glacial moraine feature and a potential biosphere reserve located in southern<br />
Ontario, Canada. This feature is located north of the City of Toronto and extends from the Niagara Escarpment in<br />
the west approximately 160 km to the Trent River in the east. Local environmentalists fought for better land use<br />
planning during the period from 1989 through 2002. The ORM is now governed by the ORM Conservation Act and<br />
ORM Conservation Plan. The provincial government committed to developing a monitoring program to determine<br />
if the plan was achieving its environmental objectives. Due to the lack of action on the part of the government,<br />
the Monitoring the Moraine Project was launched by three environmental groups in 2005 to engage and sustain<br />
community volunteers in science, stewardship, planning and monitoring on the ORM. This paper reflects on three<br />
years of monitoring design and implementation, including the development of a conceptual framework to guide<br />
monitoring, community mapping, status reporting on plan implementation, land use decision monitoring, and river<br />
and forest biodiversity monitoring. The paper concludes with some thoughts on contributions of the MTM Project to<br />
sustainable planning and biodiversity conservation.<br />
1 Introduction<br />
Community-based monitoring is an emerging component<br />
in environmental planning and management in Canada.<br />
Government retreat from monitoring is the reason for<br />
this interest and participation in community-based<br />
monitoring by citizens and environmental organizations<br />
(Whitelaw et al, 2003). Our paper reflects on an<br />
initiative to develop and implement a community-based<br />
monitoring program for the Oak Ridges Moraine located<br />
in southern Ontario, Canada, known as the Monitoring<br />
the Moraine (MTM) Project. The project was launched<br />
in 2005 by three environmental organizations: Save<br />
the Oak Ridges Moraine, Citizens Environment Watch,<br />
and Centre for Community Mapping. The initiative<br />
built on the conceptual development of communitybased<br />
monitoring by Environment Canada’s Ecological<br />
Monitoring and Assessment Network (Whitelaw<br />
et al, 2003; Pollock and Whitelaw, 2005), a federal<br />
government agency dedicated to promoting monitoring<br />
in Canada and supporting citizen science (Ecological<br />
Monitoring and Assessment Network Coordinating<br />
Office, 2009). The research carried out was action<br />
research. All of the authors actively participated in one<br />
or more aspects of the MTM Project. We entered into<br />
the MTM Project as both participants and researchers<br />
(discussed further below).<br />
The paper is structured as follows: brief background<br />
on ORM planning and management; community based<br />
monitoring and the MTM Project; methods; results<br />
organized around a number of the activities associated<br />
with the project; and discussion of the innovations of the<br />
MTM Project and contributions to sustainable planning<br />
and biodiversity conservation.<br />
2 Background<br />
Brief History of Planning and Management on the Oak<br />
Ridges Moraine<br />
The ORM was created by multiple advances and retreats<br />
of glaciers during the Pleistocene period. The moraine is<br />
approximately 190,000 hectares in size and is between 3<br />
and 24 km wide. The moraine was extensively deforested<br />
by early settlement during the mid 1800s, and this led<br />
to extensive soil erosion and water quality and quantity<br />
impairment of the many rivers that originate on the<br />
moraine. Efforts by the Ontario government in the 1930s<br />
and 40s resulted in significant reforestation. Today the<br />
ORM is a mix of agricultural and natural areas. Natural<br />
areas support an abundance of native plants and animal<br />
1<br />
School of Environmental Studies and School of Urban and Regional Planning, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada,<br />
K7L 3N6, e-mail: graham.whitelaw@queensu.ca<br />
76<br />
77
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning and Biodiversity Conservation...<br />
species. The moraine serves as a groundwater recharge<br />
and discharge area for some 65 watercourses. Dozens of<br />
small inland kettle lakes contribute to its aesthetically<br />
unique and distinctive character. The moraine also is an<br />
important source of aggregate building material for the<br />
nearby urban areas to the south (Oak Ridges Moraine<br />
Technical Working Committee, 1994; Chapman and<br />
Putman, 1994; Regional Municipalities of York, Durham<br />
and Peel, 1999; Government of Ontario, 2002).<br />
The Save the Oak Ridges Moraine (STORM) Coalition<br />
formed in response to urbanization pressure associated<br />
with growth around the City of Toronto, including subdivision<br />
development and aggregate resources extraction<br />
during the 1980s. The key role played by the STORM<br />
Coalition in the early days of the protection effort was<br />
agenda setting, specifically, creating a vision for the<br />
moraine, establishing the ORM as a valued landscape and<br />
sharing the need for its protection. In 1991, responding to<br />
environmental movement agenda setting, the provincial<br />
government issued an expression of provincial interest in<br />
the ORM (Government of Ontario, 1991) and announced a<br />
comprehensive planning study to explore ORM planning<br />
issues. In 1992, the ORM Technical Working Committee<br />
was established. The ORM Technical Working Committee<br />
was collaborative and had representation from numerous<br />
stakeholders from civil society, government and the<br />
private sector. The Technical Working Committee guided<br />
a three-year planning study designed to recommend longterm<br />
protection for the moraine. The “Oak Ridges Moraine<br />
Strategy for the Greater Toronto Area” was released in<br />
December 1994. After many years of conflict, advocacy<br />
and periods of collaboration, the government moved on<br />
Oak Ridges Moraine protection (Whitelaw et al, 2008).<br />
The government introduced and passed the Oak Ridges<br />
Moraine Conservation Act in 2001 and approved the Oak<br />
Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan in 2002 (Government<br />
of Ontario, 2001, 2002).<br />
The vision of the ORM Conservation Plan is<br />
“a continuous band of green rolling hills that provides<br />
form and structure to south central Ontario, while<br />
protecting the ecological and hydrological features and<br />
functions that support the health and well-being of the<br />
Region’s residents and ecosystems” (Government of<br />
Ontario, 2002). The plan has four land use designations:<br />
natural core, natural linkage, countryside, and<br />
settlement. Residential development is mainly limited<br />
to the settlement designation and includes a range of<br />
residential, commercial, industrial and institutional uses<br />
(Government of Ontario, 2002). Some key policies of<br />
the plan include no new aggregate resource extraction in<br />
natural core, and stringent review and approval standards<br />
for new mineral resource extraction in natural linkage<br />
(Government of Ontario, 2002).<br />
The ORM Conservation Plan includes provisions for<br />
the development of a monitoring program. By 2003, the<br />
government had not moved on developing a monitoring<br />
program. In response, the STORM Coalition placed<br />
monitoring on the agenda of a symposium exploring the<br />
future actions required by the environmental movement<br />
to ensure continued protection of the moraine after the<br />
successful campaign to force the government to bring in<br />
legislation and a plan to properly protect the ORM. This<br />
attention to the lack of government action on monitoring<br />
resulted in the initiation of the MTM Project. Funding<br />
in excess of one million dollars was secured and the<br />
development of an ORM community-based monitoring<br />
program began in 2005.<br />
Community-Based Monitoring<br />
Community-based monitoring is defined as a process in<br />
which concerned citizens, government agencies, industry,<br />
academia, community groups and local institutions<br />
collaborate to monitor, track and respond to issues of<br />
common community concern. Monitoring is designed<br />
to promote sustainability, leadership of monitoring by<br />
the community, and use of monitoring data to influence<br />
decision-making. At least four reasons explain the growth<br />
of community-based monitoring: government retreat<br />
from monitoring ecosystems as a result of government<br />
cutbacks to environmental programs and activities in<br />
Canada (Au et al, 2000; Sharpe et al, 2000; Scott and<br />
Herman, 1995); inability of government monitoring to<br />
address the complex and emerging environmental and<br />
sustainability issues currently impacting the Canadian<br />
society (Vaughan et al, 2001); emerging recognition<br />
to involve stakeholders and citizens in planning and<br />
management processes in support of sustainability<br />
(Cuthill, 2000); and growing citizen concern for the<br />
environment, and desire to learn more and to participate<br />
in environmental planning and protection activities<br />
(Bliss et al, 2001).<br />
Four approaches to community-based monitoring<br />
have emerged. These approaches are not mutually<br />
exclusive, thus initiatives may exhibit characteristics of<br />
each. (1) Government-lead community-based monitoring<br />
that complements scientific experts (Stadel and Nelson,<br />
1995) and acts as early detection of ecosystem changes<br />
that may require expert investigation. (2) The interpretive<br />
approach places emphasis on educational aspects of<br />
monitoring, communication, personal learning, and<br />
long-term commitment of volunteers (Cuthill, 2000:<br />
136). (3) Advocacy monitoring focuses on local issues<br />
where citizens concerned about an issue use monitoring<br />
data they collect to force government action on a<br />
particular planning and management issue (Au et al,<br />
2000; Lukasik, 2000; Sharpe et al, 2000). (4) Multiparty<br />
monitoring involves diverse stakeholders to initiate<br />
monitoring that fills in gaps in existing environmental<br />
and social monitoring arrangements and influences<br />
decision-making through cooperation as opposed to<br />
advocacy (Bliss et al, 2001) (Whitelaw et al, 2003).<br />
The EMAN Coordinating Office carried out<br />
extensive development of multi-party community-based<br />
monitoring through a large project carried out in 2002.<br />
Pollock and Whitelaw (2005) reported on this work.<br />
The EMAN multi-party community-based monitoring<br />
framework consisted of four main components:<br />
(1) community mapping involving understanding the<br />
community involved in the monitoring, their values,<br />
concerns, and current monitoring and stewardship<br />
activities; (2) participation assessment to determine<br />
the skills of those involved and potential partnership<br />
opportunities; (3) capacity building to ensure that the<br />
necessary skills are in place to develop, implement<br />
and manage monitoring, and (4) information gathering<br />
through on-the-ground monitoring and assessment of the<br />
information to influence decision-making.<br />
Communities and NGOs benefit from communitybased<br />
monitoring through the development of social<br />
capital and increased ability to influence local decisionmaking<br />
in support of sustainability (McCarthy et al,<br />
2006; Whitelaw and McCarthy, 2008). Bliss et al (2001)<br />
indicate that CBM builds social capital through activities<br />
that engage volunteers, create networks, develop<br />
leadership capacity and increase community influence<br />
over land use planning and management.<br />
Problems with community-based monitoring have<br />
been identified, including loss of interest by volunteers<br />
(Stadel and Nelson, 1995), participant objectivity<br />
(Stokes et al, 1990), inconsistent funding that causes<br />
data fragmentation (Bliss et al, 2001) and accuracy of<br />
data collection (McLauglin and Hilts, 1999; Stadel and<br />
Nelson, 1995; Stokes et al, 1990). Best practices are<br />
emerging to address these problems, including securing<br />
adequate funding and commitment prior to initiation<br />
of monitoring activities (Long Point World Biosphere<br />
Reserve Foundation, 2002); providing feedback to<br />
volunteers on how their work contributes to planning<br />
and management (Stadel and Nelson, 1995); assessing<br />
and building skill levels for monitoring (Bliss et al,<br />
2001; Cuthill, 2000); collaborating with organizations<br />
involved in monitoring through partnerships (Long Point<br />
World Biosphere Reserve Foundation, 2002); use of<br />
simple and tested monitoring protocols (Au et al, 2000);<br />
incorporation of training on monitoring protocols, field<br />
supervision and verification (Au et al, 2000; Stadel and<br />
Nelson, 1995; Stokes et al, 1990); and use of volunteer<br />
recognition programs (Stadel and Nelson, 1995).<br />
The Monitoring the Moraine Project<br />
The MTM Project is primarily a multi-party communitybased<br />
monitoring program with elements of advocacy and<br />
interpretive community monitoring. The MTM Project<br />
was governed through a simple organizational structure.<br />
The three founding organizations were equal partners in<br />
the project. Citizens Environment Watch administered the<br />
project. A Steering Committee with representatives from<br />
each organization had the decision-making authority. An<br />
MTM Advisory Committee consisting of experts from<br />
civil society, the private sector and government provided<br />
advice to the project. The Advisory Committee operated<br />
based on a collaborative model. The three founding<br />
organizations led individual project initiatives based on<br />
their areas of expertise: Citizens Environment Watch<br />
led environmental monitoring; the STORM Coalition<br />
led policy monitoring; and COMAP led information<br />
management. In some cases two or all three organizations<br />
were involved with each other’s initiatives.<br />
The objectives of the MTM Project were established<br />
early in the process: (1) to develop, implement and<br />
evaluate collaborative approaches to community-based<br />
monitoring across the Oak Ridges Moraine landscape;<br />
(2) to improve the efficiency and utility of both<br />
environmental and policy monitoring; (3) to develop<br />
an effective and dynamic monitoring framework that<br />
is widely applicable to all communities and morainemonitoring<br />
organizations; (4) to generate a visual and<br />
interactive “big picture” in the form of an online map<br />
that can be viewed and updated by anyone with Internet<br />
access; (5) to inform decision-making by disseminating<br />
relevant and credible environmental and policy<br />
monitoring data to key decision makers; (6) to facilitate<br />
a strong and informed community voice in the upcoming<br />
2014 review of the ORMCP; and (7) to provide a model<br />
for other large scale monitoring projects, provincially,<br />
nationally and internationally (Monitoring the Moraine,<br />
2009).<br />
3 Methods<br />
We participated in action research throughout the MTM<br />
project. A defining characteristic of action research<br />
is that the goal of research is expanded to include<br />
practical problem solving, in this case the development<br />
and implementation of a monitoring program for the<br />
ORM. The researcher(s) is actively involved in this<br />
process and thus, also becomes a research subject. We<br />
participated on the MTM Steering Committee and,<br />
during the first meetings, reached agreement with the<br />
committee members that the entire process should be<br />
viewed as a research exercise. We also participated<br />
in the individual initiatives reported in the results<br />
section. Project participants were involved in setting the<br />
research objectives (Baskerville, 1999). By involving<br />
stakeholders in setting the research agenda, it is argued<br />
that the results of the research will be more relevant to<br />
them and will more effectively address their personal<br />
or organizational objectives. Additionally, the action<br />
research method allowed us to be responsive during<br />
the research process to the extensive knowledge the<br />
MTM Project partners imparted about the ORMCP,<br />
its monitoring components, and the governance of<br />
municipalities on the moraine.<br />
78<br />
79
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning and Biodiversity Conservation...<br />
Action research requires the researcher to reflect on<br />
his or her perspective brought to the exercise and how<br />
this might affect the process. In the case of our research<br />
team, our broad perspective focused on two main ideas:<br />
working toward more sustainable practice and increasing<br />
the role of civil society in environmental planning and<br />
management. These two broad ideas corresponded well<br />
with the perspectives of the project participants we<br />
worked with. Action research of the type carried out by<br />
our team is part of the emergence of advocacy science<br />
or mission-oriented science. Advocacy science can be<br />
place-based, solution-oriented, focused on multiple<br />
stresses, integrative, innovative and bottom-up. These<br />
initiatives are designed to support progress toward<br />
sustainability by expanding the science research agenda,<br />
strengthening scientific capacity and linking science to<br />
decision-making (Strigl, 2003).<br />
Our research objectives included: extending understanding<br />
of community-based monitoring through the<br />
development and testing of a conceptual framework;<br />
exploring the role of civil society in leading multi-party<br />
monitoring in the context of land use planning; testing a<br />
number of tools for application in multi-party monitoring;<br />
and determining the usefulness of multi-party monitoring<br />
in influencing moves toward sustainability.<br />
4 Results<br />
Results are presented on the five initiatives of the<br />
MTM Project: development of the MTM Framework;<br />
community mapping; status reporting; monitoring land<br />
use decision-making; and environmental monitoring.<br />
Results are followed by a discussion of the innovations<br />
developed through the MTM Project in the areas<br />
of conceptual development of community-based<br />
monitoring, the role of civil society through multi-party<br />
monitoring in land use planning; and the contribution<br />
of the MTM Project to sustainability and biodiversity<br />
conservation.<br />
MTM Conceptual Framework<br />
The first task of the MTM Steering Committee involved<br />
developing a community-based monitoring framework<br />
Figure 2. Conceptual framework developed to guide the MTM Project (Monitoring the Moraine Project, 2009)<br />
Figure 1. Location map of the Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Plan and Niagara Escarpment Plan<br />
80<br />
to guide the entire project. The Steering Committee<br />
turned to the Advisory Committee for guidance.<br />
Various monitoring models including the EMAM CBM<br />
framework were considered. The Advisory Committee<br />
recommended adoption of the EMAN framework along<br />
with suggestions for additional components (Figure<br />
2). The EMAN CBM Framework is the diamondshaped<br />
component in the bottom right of the diagram<br />
(discussed in the community-based monitoring<br />
background section). The star component in the bottom<br />
left of the figure represents the selection of the themes<br />
for monitoring based on the content of the ORMCP.<br />
The themes include terrestrial, water, quality of life and<br />
policy components. Water and terrestrial themes were<br />
obvious components. Policy was a less obvious theme<br />
and was selected based on policy monitoring carried out<br />
for the Niagara Escarpment Plan by the Coalition on the<br />
Niagara Escarpment, an environmental group dedicated<br />
to ensuring the protection of the Niagara Escarpment<br />
(Figure 1), located to the west of the ORM (Coalition<br />
on the Niagara Escarpment, 2009). Policy monitoring<br />
involves ensuring that the planned policies are actually<br />
being implemented as intended.<br />
Community well-being was the most controversial<br />
component selected. There was a debate among the<br />
Steering Committee over this theme. Those against<br />
inclusion argued that the ORM Conservation Plan is<br />
mostly an environmental plan. Those for inclusion<br />
argued the importance of collecting information<br />
to help understand the connections between<br />
environmental protection and human well-being.<br />
The final element of the framework is the triangle<br />
component in the top left of the figure. The intent<br />
of this element was to identify the different scales of<br />
monitoring and the organizations with the capacity<br />
to carry out monitoring at that scale. The purpose<br />
was to encourage government to engage in ORM<br />
Conservation Plan monitoring by highlighting<br />
their potential role. Community-based monitoring<br />
was identified as being carried out at the site and<br />
community level with government carrying out<br />
broader scale monitoring using aerial photography<br />
and earth observation using GIS and modeling.<br />
The components are linked through communitylevel<br />
visioning and strategic plan monitoring (discussed<br />
below).<br />
81
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning and Biodiversity Conservation...<br />
Community Mapping and Strategic Monitoring Plans<br />
Four community mapping exercises with communities<br />
across the ORM were carried out in September 2005.<br />
The purpose of the community mapping exercise was<br />
to determine what the citizens living on the ORM were<br />
concerned about from an environmental perspective, and<br />
what they were interested in monitoring. The community<br />
mapping exercise involved a carefully facilitated process<br />
led by staff trained in community mapping procedures.<br />
Our partner, the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources<br />
provided the MTM Project with air photographs of<br />
the particular community and environ at a scale of<br />
1 : 50,000. Eight duplicate maps were provided for each<br />
of the four communities. These were placed on large<br />
tables. Community members, after a brief introduction<br />
to the project, were invited to map the following: areas<br />
of importance to them from environmental, social,<br />
cultural and economic perspectives; areas under threat<br />
with identified reasons, and the location of any existing<br />
programs or activities with respect to stewardship and<br />
monitoring. The response was overwhelming. The data on<br />
the maps was analyzed and used to inform the development<br />
of tailored community-based monitoring plans for each of<br />
the four communities (Chau, 2005). Issues of concern and<br />
areas of interest varied across the four communities. In the<br />
west and central areas of the plan, community members<br />
were mostly concerned about the impact of infrastructure,<br />
residential and aggregate resource development on the<br />
natural environment, including water resources. In the<br />
east concerns included water contamination issues,<br />
impacts from old waste sites, and the impact of all terrain<br />
vehicles on the natural environment (Chau, 2005).<br />
Development of Status Reports on Policy Monitoring<br />
One of the unique aspects of this monitoring initiative<br />
is the role of policy monitoring. One component<br />
involved publication of annual status reports or report<br />
cards that highlight the successes and challenges of<br />
ORM Conservation Plan implementation. The first<br />
status report was prepared in 2006 and examined plan<br />
implementation since the ORM Conservation Plan<br />
was passed in 2002. The results were published in the<br />
largest daily newspaper circulated in Toronto. The<br />
findings were generally positive. For example, municipal<br />
implementation through bringing their official plans<br />
into conformity with the ORM Conservation Plan were<br />
given between B and B+ ratings based on the timing of<br />
their conformity exercises. The status report indicated<br />
some concerns, for example, well head protection<br />
implementation was given a C rating, site alteration and<br />
fill by-law development was given a C, and the province<br />
received a C for the development of technical papers<br />
to support ORM Conservation Plan implementation<br />
(Monitoring the Moraine, 2006; Broughton, 2008).<br />
The second status report, prepared in 2007, followed<br />
up on the first and found that all shortcomings had been<br />
addressed. Staff from the government participating<br />
in the MTM Advisory Committees indicated that the<br />
status report had motivated government to ensure that<br />
implementation issues identified as needing attention<br />
were addressed. The second report also dealt with<br />
environmental assessment projects across the ORM.<br />
This is an area that is not tracked by the government<br />
from an ORM perspective. The 2007 status report, for<br />
the first time, mapped all EA projects completed and<br />
underway since ORM Conservation Plan inception. In<br />
total, 53 environmental assessments were identified.<br />
Of these, the majority of projects (45 in total) had a<br />
municipal proponent. All but two of these projects<br />
were subject to the Ontario Environmental Assessment<br />
Act. The remaining two were subject to the Canadian<br />
Environmental Assessment Act because they received<br />
federal funding (Monitoring the Moraine, 2007;<br />
Broughton, 2008).<br />
Of the remaining 8 non-municipal projects, 6 were<br />
proposed by the Ontario Ministry of Transportation.<br />
While most of these were subject to the Ontario<br />
Environmental Assessment Act, two were subject to<br />
the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act because<br />
they received funding from the federal government.<br />
One project was proposed by CN Rail, Government of<br />
Ontario Transit and the Canadian Transport Agency and<br />
was subject to the Canadian Environmental Assessment<br />
Act. One power transmission project was proposed by<br />
Hydro One, and was subject to the Ontario Environmental<br />
Assessment Act (Monitoring the Moraine, 2007;<br />
Broughton, 2008).<br />
The environmental assessment map shows where<br />
infrastructure projects are concentrated. There is a clear<br />
concentration of projects in the western and central parts<br />
of the moraine within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA).<br />
This corresponds to the rapid population increase<br />
experienced in these regions. In comparison, the<br />
eastern part of the moraine has had significantly fewer<br />
infrastructure environmental assessments, suggesting<br />
that they are under significantly less growth pressure<br />
(Monitoring the Moraine, 2007; Broughton, 2008).<br />
The Status Plan for 2009 intends on following up<br />
on the environmental assessment theme and analyzes a<br />
number of environmental assessments of quality based<br />
on whether they meet the policies outlined in the ORM<br />
Conservation Plan.<br />
Moraine Watch<br />
Moraine Watch was designed to track the land use<br />
decisions of municipal councils across the moraine to<br />
determine if decisions are following the policies of the<br />
ORM Conservation Plan. A Moraine Watch Manual was<br />
prepared as a how-to guide for community members to<br />
monitor land use planning activity. The manual provides<br />
citizens with a tool to determine the performance of their<br />
municipal government on moraine-related planning. The<br />
manual includes a Moraine Watch Checklist – a stepby-step<br />
worksheet for evaluating planning applications.<br />
Those volunteers involved with Moraine Watch receive<br />
extensive training on land use planning. The step-bystep<br />
worksheet involves the following steps that must<br />
be carried out by volunteers (Save the Oak Ridges<br />
Moraine, 2007): (1) determine if the ORM Conservation<br />
Plan applies; (2) determine land use designation of<br />
the application; (3) determine the type of proposal,<br />
subdivision, single lot severance, aggregate resource<br />
extraction etc; (4) determine if proposal is permitted;<br />
(5) identify special features of the site and adjacent lands;<br />
(6) identify any special Plan policies that apply; (7) analyze<br />
your results to determine what they mean; (8) determine<br />
if municipal council made the correct decision; and (9)<br />
report information to the MTM Project.<br />
Environmental Monitoring: Water and Forest<br />
Two environmental monitoring initiatives were<br />
developed as part of the MTM Project: “Check Your<br />
Watershed Day” and Forest Biodiversity Monitoring.<br />
“Check Your Watershed Day” focused on small streams<br />
less than 3 meters in width. Small streams were chosen<br />
based on consultations with the Ontario Ministry of<br />
Natural Resources that indicated a gap with respect<br />
to information on small streams. Furthermore, these<br />
streams are sensitive to changes in water levels and are<br />
safe and easy to monitor. All of the sites monitored on<br />
“Check Your Watershed Day”, compiled once every year<br />
in early August, are at road side stream crossings on<br />
public lands. Visiting these sites helps to identify barriers<br />
to fish movement, and potential sites for restoration<br />
work. The protocol applied is from the Ontario Stream<br />
Assessment Protocol (Stanfield, 2005). The protocol is<br />
a series of stream assessment techniques for evaluating<br />
habitat, benthic invertebrate and fish communities in<br />
Ontario's wadeable streams. The methods in the Ontario<br />
Stream Assessment Protocol Manual are provincially<br />
recognized by the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources<br />
and federally recognized by the Department of Fisheries<br />
and Oceans. Three “Check Your Watershed Days” have<br />
taken place, and the results are currently under analysis<br />
(Monitoring the Moraine, 2009).<br />
Forest biodiversity monitoring utilizes an adapted<br />
Smithsonian Institution/MAB Protocol using 20 x 20 m<br />
permanent plots (Ecological Monitoring and Assessment<br />
Network, 2002). All trees in each plot are surveyed for<br />
species, diameter at breast height, tree height, and tree<br />
health. Tree health is monitored using a modifiedCanadian<br />
Forest Service Protocol developed for volunteers (Niagara<br />
Escarpment Commission, 2009). Both protocols were<br />
co-developed by the EMAN Coordinating Office and<br />
are used in many Canadian biospheres for monitoring<br />
purposes. Extensive training materials are also available<br />
for use (Niagara Escarpment, 2009). The objective is<br />
to establish a network of plots across the ORM so that<br />
biodiversity and forest health can be measured and<br />
monitored over time using trend analysis. Plots have been<br />
located in two conservation areas to date, and efforts<br />
are underway to identify and implement a network of<br />
plots able to deliver valid and reliable information on<br />
biodiversity and health of trees. Additional plots will be<br />
located on both public and private lands with landowner<br />
agreement.<br />
5 Discussion and Conclusions<br />
Community-led policy monitoring on the ORM<br />
is important for a number of reasons. The ORM<br />
Conservation Plan, despite being a provincial land use<br />
plan, is implemented by municipalities through official<br />
plans and zoning by-laws amended to conform to the<br />
ORM Conservation Plan. With no legislated provincial<br />
oversight to monitor municipal performance, the<br />
MTM Project is attempting to ensure the plan is being<br />
implemented as designed. The efforts of the MTM<br />
Project are significant for four reasons.<br />
The first is that the MTM Project extended the<br />
understanding of community-based monitoring through<br />
the development and testing of a conceptual framework.<br />
The framework successfully guided the development<br />
and implementation of the project, clearly identifying the<br />
focus of monitoring through the four themes of water,<br />
terrestrial, policy and human well-being. Progress was<br />
made on the monitoring of three of the themes: water,<br />
terrestrial and policy. Human-well being remains to be<br />
addressed. The protocols developed fall into the scale<br />
identified by the conceptual framework, the plot/site level.<br />
Each protocol followed the EMAN Community Based<br />
Monitoring Framework built into the MTM Conceptual<br />
Framework addressing the four elements of community<br />
mapping, participant assessment, capacity building, and<br />
information gathering and delivery (Figure 2). Water and<br />
forest biodiversity data has yet to be shared with decision<br />
makers. Policy monitoring data shared with decision<br />
makers in the form of the status reports was successful<br />
as the government addressed deficiencies identified (as<br />
discussed in the results section).<br />
The second reason the efforts of the MTM Project<br />
are significant is the evident success civil society had<br />
in leading multi-party community-based monitoring in<br />
the context of land use planning. Minimal activity was<br />
happening on ORM monitoring prior to the MTM Project.<br />
Once the project was initiated, the government actively<br />
participated on the MTM Advisory Committee and<br />
worked to integrate their monitoring activities with the<br />
project through their broader efforts to monitor Ontario’s<br />
Greenbelt (Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs, 2009).<br />
The ORM is part of this greenbelt area. Furthermore, the<br />
government agreed that much of their monitoring will<br />
involve the broader scale through air photography and<br />
earth observation using GIS and modeling. The policy<br />
82<br />
83
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Community-Based Monitoring in Support of Sustainable Planning and Biodiversity Conservation...<br />
monitoring component of the MTM Project further<br />
demonstrated that civil society, in the context of southern<br />
Ontario land use planning, played a significant role in<br />
agenda setting, implementation and actual activities<br />
such as monitoring and stewardship (Whitelaw et al,<br />
2008). Many volunteers are demonstrating sophisticated<br />
understanding of land use planning and some involved in<br />
the MTM Project are now considered planning experts.<br />
The third reason the efforts of the MTM Project<br />
are significant is the successful application of existing<br />
tools in multi-party community-based monitoring.<br />
Community mapping exceeded all expectations to deliver<br />
information, inform on monitoring design and motivate<br />
volunteers to participate in the broader MTM Project.<br />
Social learning occurred throughout the monitoring<br />
initiative along with the generation of social capital.<br />
Community mapping contributed to this in a significant<br />
manner. Collaborative planning also contributed to the<br />
design of the MTM Project (Healey, 2003). The MTM<br />
Advisory Committee participated over the course of the<br />
three-year project and actively volunteered for additional<br />
involvement through workshops to help with protocol<br />
selection and design. Many MTM Advisory Committee<br />
members also indicated interest in participating in<br />
the second phase of the MTM project recently funded<br />
(Monitoring the Moraine, 2008).<br />
Two existing protocols were selected as the initial<br />
protocols for use in community-based monitoring for<br />
environmental themes. “Check Your Watershed Day”<br />
used a portion of the Ontario Stream Assessment Protocol<br />
to fill an identified monitoring gap. The SI/MAB Forest<br />
Biodiversity Protocol and Forest Health Protocol are<br />
building on an extensive plot network already established<br />
in southern Ontario (e.g. NEC 2009). These protocols will<br />
contribute to our understanding of expected impacts on<br />
forest biodiversity of invasive species spreading rapidly<br />
across southern Ontario, including the emerald ash borer.<br />
Finally, efforts of the MTM Project are significant<br />
because the project established human well-being as<br />
a theme for monitoring. This moves the MTM Project<br />
into the realm of monitoring for sustainability, linking<br />
environmental integrity and human well-being. The<br />
project has yet to address this aspect of monitoring but<br />
plans to do so as part of the second phase of the project.<br />
The project is also contributing to efforts to have the<br />
ORM designated a biosphere reserve (Francis, 2005).<br />
The ORM has legislation and a plan designed to properly<br />
plan for future development. The main contribution of<br />
the project is in the area of building the logistics function<br />
of biosphere reserve management; implementing tools to<br />
help move toward institutional arrangements that achieve<br />
sustainable development.<br />
The MTM Project illustrates the role civil society<br />
can play in land use planning in southern Ontario and<br />
the rest of Canada. The project successfully established<br />
a framework for monitoring the ORM Conservation<br />
Plan. The project continues with adequate funding and<br />
increasing numbers of volunteers. Data on three of the<br />
four monitoring themes continues to be collected. The<br />
project is contributing to the drive to have the ORM<br />
designated a biosphere reserve. Together, we conclude<br />
the project made and continues to make contributions to<br />
sustainable planning and biodiversity conservation. The<br />
future holds two significant challenges. The first involves<br />
motivating the government to continue their efforts to<br />
contribute to ORM monitoring. The second challenge<br />
deals with the upcoming 2015 ORM Conservation<br />
Plan Review. The development sector, in particular<br />
residential and aggregate resource extraction interests<br />
are sure to advocate for increased access to ORM lands<br />
for development. The MTM Project will need to engage<br />
additional partners to generate research and monitoring<br />
information and data to clearly indicate the need to<br />
maintain the protection aspects of the ORM while<br />
ensuring policies that promote sustainable development.<br />
References<br />
Au, J., Bagchi, P., Chen, B., Martinez, R., Dudley, S. A.<br />
and Sorger G. J. 2000. Methodology for public monitoring<br />
of total coliforms, Escherichia coli and toxicity in<br />
waterways by Canadian high school students, Journal of<br />
Environmental Management 58: 213–230.<br />
Baskerville, R. L. 1999. Investigating information systems<br />
with action research. Communications of the Association<br />
for Information Systems, 2(19): 1–32.<br />
Bliss, J., Aplet, G., Hartzell, C., Harwood, P., Jahnige, P.,<br />
Kittredge, D., Lewandowski, S., Soscia, M. L. 2001.<br />
Community-based ecosystem monitoring, Journal of<br />
Sustainable Forestry 12 (3–4): 143–167.<br />
Broughton, K. 2008. Towards a policy monitoring framework<br />
for evaluating infrastructure environmental assessments<br />
on the Oak Ridges Moraine, Ontario, Canada.<br />
Unpublished MPl Thesis, School of Urban and Regional<br />
Planning, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario.<br />
Chapman, L. J. and Putnam, D. F. 1984. The Physiography<br />
of Southern Ontario. Third Edition, Special Volume 2,<br />
Toronto: Ministry of Natural Resources, Ontario<br />
Geological Survey.<br />
Chau, J. 2005. Monitoring the Moraine Project: Community<br />
Workshop <strong>Proceedings</strong>, Citizens Environment Watch,<br />
Centre for Community Mapping and Save the Oak Ridges<br />
Moraine Coalition, Available at: www.monitoringthemoraine.ca/Resources/CommunityWorkshop<strong>Proceedings</strong><br />
Coalition on the Niagara Escarpment. 2009. [Online]. Coalition<br />
on the Niagara Escarpment. Available at: www.niagara.escarpment.org<br />
[Accessed 28 February 2009].<br />
Cuthill, M. 1995. An interpretive approach to developing<br />
volunteer-based coastal monitoring programmes, Local<br />
Environment 5: 127–137.<br />
Ecological Monitoring and Assessment Network Coordinating<br />
Office. 2002. Ecological Monitoring and Assessment<br />
Network: Monitoring biodiversity in Canadian forests,<br />
Environment Canada, Canada Center for Inland Waters,<br />
Burlington, ON, Canada, 10 p.<br />
Francis, G. 2005. Nomination Submission from Canada for<br />
the Oak Ridges Moraine, Revised Discussion Draft,<br />
Waterloo, Ontario: Oak Ridges Moraine Biosphere<br />
Reserve Exploratory Committee.<br />
Government of Ontario. 2009. Greenbelt Plan [Online],<br />
Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs, Available<br />
at: www.mah.gov.on.ca/scripts/ index_asp [Accessed<br />
28 February 2009].<br />
Government of Ontario. 2002. Oak Ridges Moraine<br />
Conservation Plan [Online], Toronto: Ontario Ministry<br />
of Municipal Affairs, Available at: www.mah.gov.on.ca/<br />
scripts/ index_asp [Accessed 28 February 2009]<br />
Government of Ontario. 2001. Oak Ridges Moraine<br />
Conservation Act [Online], Toronto: Ontario Ministry<br />
of Municipal Affairs, Available at: www.mah.gov.on.ca/<br />
scripts/index_asp [Accessed 28 February 2009].<br />
Government of Ontario. 1991. Interim Guidelines – Provincial<br />
Interest on the ORM Area of the Greater Toronto Area,<br />
Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources.<br />
Healey, P. 2003. Collaborative Planning in Perspective,<br />
Planning Theory 2(2): 101–123.<br />
Long Point World Biosphere Reserve Foundation. 2002. Long<br />
Point Cooperation Plan to establish community based<br />
monitoring and environmental reporting, Long Point,<br />
Ontario, Canada, p. 28.<br />
Lukasik, L. 2000. Next steps – what do you do when your<br />
monitoring efforts uncover an environmental problem,<br />
Key Note Address, in: Final Report of a Workshop on<br />
Community Based Monitoring, Citizens’ Environment<br />
Watch, April 7–8, 2000, University of Toronto, Toronto,<br />
Ontario, Canada.<br />
McCarthy, D., Whitelaw G., Jongerden P., Craig B. 2006.<br />
Contributions of four long point sustainability workshops<br />
to community social learning and the logistics function<br />
of the biosphere reserve. Environments: A Journal of<br />
Interdisciplinary Studies, 34(2): 79–91.<br />
McLaughlin, L. and Hilts, S. 1999. Monitoring accuracy<br />
and the decomposition of error committed by volunteers<br />
in a wetland wildlife monitoring program, in: Leading<br />
Edge Conference <strong>Proceedings</strong>, October 6–9, 1998,<br />
Burlington, ON.<br />
Monitoring the Moraine. 2009. [Online] Citizens Environment<br />
Watch and Save the Oak Ridges Moraine. Available at:<br />
www.monitoringthemoraine.org [Accessed 28 February<br />
2009].<br />
Monitoring the Moraine. 2007. [Online] Status report on the<br />
implementation of the oak ridges moraine conservation<br />
plan: A look at new infrastructure projects. Available at:<br />
www.monitoringthemoraine.ca/Status-report/sr-2007-<br />
page1.htm [Accessed 28 February 2009].<br />
Monitoring the Moraine. 2006. [Online] Status report on the<br />
implementation of the oak ridges moraine conservation<br />
plan: Implications for the greenbelt plan. Available at:<br />
www.monitoringthemoraine.ca/Publications/srwcb.pdf<br />
[Accessed 28 February 2009].<br />
Oak Ridges Moraine Technical Working Committee. 1994.<br />
The Oak Ridges Moraine Strategy for the Greater Toronto<br />
Area: An Ecosystem Approach for Long Term Protection<br />
and Management, Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Natural<br />
Resources by the Oak Ridges Moraine Technical Working<br />
Committee.<br />
Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing. 2009.<br />
[Online] Greenbelt Protection. Available at: www.mah.<br />
gov.on.ca/Page187.aspx [Accessed 28 February 2009].<br />
Pollock, R. and Whitelaw, G. 2005. Community-Based<br />
Monitoring in Support of Local Sustainability, Local<br />
Environment 10(3): 211–228.<br />
Regional Municipalities of York, Peel and Durham. 1999.<br />
The Oak Ridges Moraine: towards a Long Term Strategy,<br />
Ontario: Regional Municipalities of York, Peel and<br />
Durham.<br />
Save the Oak Ridges Moraine Coalition. 2007. Moraine Watch:<br />
A Guide to Monitoring Municipal Land Use Planning on<br />
the Oak Ridges Moraine, www.stormcoalition.org/resources/Moraine_Watch_Manual.pdf.<br />
Scott, F. W. and Herman, T. B. 1995. The use of volunteers<br />
in ecological monitoring, in: Herman T., Bondrup-Nielsen<br />
S., Martin Willison J. H. and Munro N. W. P. (eds.)<br />
Ecosystem Monitoring and Protected Areas, <strong>Proceedings</strong><br />
of the Second International Conference on Science and the<br />
Management of Protected Areas, Dalhousie University,<br />
Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada, 416–423.<br />
Sharpe, T., Savan, B. and Amott, N. 2000. Testing the waters,<br />
Alternatives 26: 30–33.<br />
Stadel, A. V. and Nelson, J. G. 1995. The role of citizen participation<br />
in ecosystem monitoring, in: Herman T., Bondrup-<br />
Nielsen S., Martin Willison J. H. and Munro N. W. P. (eds.),<br />
Ecosystem Monitoring and Protected Areas, <strong>Proceedings</strong><br />
of the Second International Conference on Science and the<br />
Management of Protected Areas, Dalhousie University,<br />
Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada, 447–453.<br />
Stokes, P., Havas, M. and Bridges, T. 1990. Public participation<br />
and volunteer help in monitoring programs: An assessment,<br />
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 15:<br />
225–229.<br />
Strigl, A. W. 2003. Science, Research, Knowledge and Capacity<br />
Building, Environment, Development and Sustainability<br />
5(1–2): 255–273.<br />
Vaughan, H., Brydges, T., Fenech, A. and Lumb, A. 2001.<br />
Monitoring long-term ecological changes through the<br />
Ecological Monitoring and Assessment Network: Sciencebased<br />
and policy-relevant, Environmental Monitoring and<br />
Assessment 67: 3–28.<br />
Whitelaw, G., Eagles P., Gibson R. and Seasons M. 2008.<br />
Roles of environmental movement organizations in landuse<br />
planning: Case studies of the Niagara Escarpment and<br />
Oak Ridges Moraine, Ontario, Canada, Environmental<br />
Planning and Management, 51(6): 801–816.<br />
Whitelaw, G. and McCarthy D. 2008. Governance, social<br />
capital and social learning: insights from activities<br />
in the Long Point World Biosphere Reserve and Oak<br />
Ridges Moraine, Ontario, Canada, in: Economic, social<br />
and cultural aspects in biodiversity conservation (eds.<br />
Opermanis, O., Whitelaw, G.). Rīga: The University of<br />
Latvia Press, pp. 123–130.<br />
Whitelaw, G. Vaughan, H., Craig, B., Atkinson, D. 2003.<br />
Establishing the Canadian Community Monitoring<br />
Network, Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 88<br />
(1–3): 409–418.<br />
84<br />
85
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
ADAM WILSON, BRIAN CRAIG 1<br />
Background<br />
The Long Point causeway is a vital community and<br />
recreational link that connects the mainland to the<br />
cottage community on Long Point in the Long Point<br />
World Biosphere Reserve. Constructed in 1927, the<br />
causeway disrupted the natural hydrological processes<br />
and impeded animal migration routes between the Big<br />
Creek National Wildlife Area and Long Point Inner Bay.<br />
The Big Creek National Wildlife Area, which received a<br />
RAMSAR designation in 1992, acts as a wetland refuge<br />
for animals in a landscape that has been fragmented<br />
by agriculture and development. The wetlands provide<br />
habitat for Species at Risk, identified by the Committee on<br />
the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada, including<br />
one of only a few large populations of the endangered<br />
Spotted Turtle (Clemmys guttata), and the threatened<br />
Blanding’s Turtle (Emydoidea blandingii). The Long<br />
Point causeway is rated one of the most devastating<br />
highways in North America with respect to amphibian<br />
and reptile road kill.<br />
Long Point World Biosphere Reserve<br />
(LPWBR)<br />
Long Point is a 32 km sand spit located on the north<br />
shore of Lake Erie, Ontario, Canada (Figure 1). The<br />
LPWBR was designated in 1986, as an example of the<br />
Great Lakes coastal ecosystem. The 3250 hectare Long<br />
Point National Wildlife Area is the core protected area<br />
of the biosphere reserve. It provides a unique blend<br />
of habitats – long uninterrupted beaches, undisturbed<br />
sand dunes, grassy ridges, wet meadows, woodlands,<br />
marshes and ponds, and it is the largest protected area<br />
in southern Ontario. The buffer zone includes the Big<br />
Creek National Wildlife Area. The zone of cooperation<br />
consists of the watershed of Long Point Bay and<br />
includes the finest example of Canada’s remaining<br />
Carolinian forest. The Biosphere Reserve is a staging<br />
area for migrating waterfowl, renowned for superb<br />
bass fishing and birding, and is home to the greatest<br />
number of endangered and threatened species and<br />
species of concern in Canada. Long Point is subject<br />
to many environmental stresses including commercial<br />
and residential development, forest fragmentation,<br />
exotic species invasions, shoreline alterations, nutrient<br />
loading and numerous recreational activities (Craig and<br />
Francis, 1993) The LPWBR is situated predominantly<br />
in Norfolk County, formerly the Regional Municipality<br />
of Haldimand-Norfolk.<br />
Introduction<br />
Causeways have been identified as hotspots for reptile<br />
and amphibian road mortality (Langen et al, 2009)<br />
(Figure 2a and 2b). Of 106 United States National Park<br />
system (NPS) units surveyed, nearly half believed that<br />
road mortality was significantly impacting wildlife<br />
populations (Ament et al, 2008). Glista et al (2008)<br />
showed that vertebrate road mortality primarily affects<br />
amphibians and may be a leading contributor to the<br />
global decline of amphibian populations. The Long<br />
Point causeway is a 3.6 km roadway that bisects a major<br />
wetland complex on the north shore of Lake Erie, Ontario<br />
(Figure 2). This road has historically exhibited very high<br />
incidences of wildlife mortality, with particularly high<br />
rates of amphibian and reptile mortality (Ashley and<br />
Robinson, 1996). This is problematic as the associated<br />
marshes provide habitat for many species of amphibians<br />
and reptiles, four of which have been listed as Species<br />
at Risk. Aresco (2005a) reported that the causeway is<br />
the fourth deadliest road in the world for turtles. Ashley<br />
et al (2007) reported that some of these mortalities,<br />
especially reptile mortalities, are intentional.<br />
Recently, there has been considerable and growing<br />
interest in reducing the amount of road mortality on<br />
the causeway. This led to the formation of the Long<br />
Point Causeway Improvement Project (LPCIP) steering<br />
committee, an ad hoc committee of the Long Point World<br />
Biosphere Reserve Foundation (LPWBRF) comprised<br />
of nineteen government agencies and non-government<br />
organizations. The steering committee undertook several<br />
temporary measures in 2008, including installation of<br />
experimental barrier fencing, creation of artificial turtle<br />
nest mounds and putting in place a road side sign to<br />
alert motorists of wildlife crossings (Figure 3a, 3b, 3c).<br />
The steering committee also identified knowledge gaps<br />
1<br />
Long Point World Biosphere Reserve Foundation, P.O. Box 338, Port Rowan, Ontario, Canada, N0E 1MO, e-mail:<br />
adam@longpointcauseway.com, brian.craig@pc.gc.ca<br />
87
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
amphibians and reptiles. The fence was not likely to<br />
mitigate mortality of birds and mammals because birds<br />
can simply fly over it and mammals can easily travel<br />
around it. To prevent inhibiting animals from reaching<br />
over-wintering sites in the bay, four meter gaps were<br />
created in the fence at 100 m intervals in late October.<br />
Gap location was determined by identifying apparently<br />
important crossover areas (i.e. where road kill was<br />
most prevalent), typically where there was open water<br />
adjacent to the road, or where thick stands of cattails or<br />
phragmites were not adjacent to the road.<br />
Figure 3. Arial photo of the Long Point causeway<br />
looking south towards Lake Erie. Big Creek National<br />
Wildlife Area is to the west (right) and Long Point Inner<br />
Bay to the east (left)<br />
Figure 1. Map of Long Point World Biosphere Reserve<br />
associated with the causeway, one of which was the<br />
lack of recent road mortality data. The purpose of this<br />
study was to replicate the surveys conducted by Ashley<br />
and Robinson (1996) so that historical and present-day<br />
rates of wildlife mortality could be compared, and to<br />
evaluate the effectiveness of experimental temporary<br />
barrier fencing in reducing wildlife road mortality.<br />
Figure 2a. Midland Painted Turtle (Chrysemys pcita<br />
marginata)<br />
Methods<br />
The study area consisted of the 3.6 km causeway joining<br />
the mainland to the Long Point peninsula (Figure 2). The<br />
causeway was walked every Monday, Wednesday and<br />
Friday starting July 1 and ending November 14, 2008,<br />
to search for road kill. The area searched included the<br />
asphalt surface, gravel shoulders and the cut grass area<br />
Figure 2b. Eastern Fox Snake (Elaphe gloydi)<br />
adjacent to the road. A similar width was observed where<br />
cottages exist (i.e. a width similar to the cut grass width<br />
was observed onto the cottage lawn). The causeway<br />
was divided into 5 zones that correspond to zones of<br />
roadside habitat and development (Figure 4 and Table 1).<br />
Coordinates of the zone boundaries were taken using a<br />
civilian GPS unit.<br />
Upon encountering a road kill, we recorded the zone<br />
(and in areas where there is fencing, whether it was<br />
within the fence or not and whether it was at the end of<br />
the fence), species, age and sex, if known. If species, age<br />
and sex could not be determined at the time of collection,<br />
specimens were placed in individual clear plastic bags<br />
and stored in freezers at the Long Point Waterfowl’s Avian<br />
Energetics Lab in Port Rowan for later identification.<br />
When species at risk were observed dead on the road,<br />
the Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR) was notified in<br />
keeping with MNR species at risk (SAR) authorization.<br />
In keeping with the methodology of Ashley and Robinson<br />
(1996), all live reptiles encountered on the road were<br />
moved to a safe location off the road within the study<br />
zone. This project was conducted under the authority<br />
of the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources Wildlife<br />
Scientific Collector’s Authorization Permit.<br />
Temporary barrier fencing (Figure 3) was installed<br />
along 2.5 kilometers of the road (Figure 4) to prevent<br />
animals from accessing the roadway from the west. The<br />
west side of zones A to C was fenced because Ashley and<br />
Robinson (1996) found that in the latter years of their<br />
study comparatively more mortality occurred in these<br />
zones, and because personal observations of community<br />
members identified more wildlife moving west to east<br />
(marsh to bay). The fence was buried 20 cm below<br />
ground to discourage animals from digging under with<br />
the remaining 80 cm left as an above ground barrier for<br />
Figure 4a. Temporary barrier fencing<br />
Figure 4b. Electronic sign to alert motorists to wildlife<br />
crossing on the causeway<br />
Figure 4c. Artificial turtle nest mound<br />
88<br />
89
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Unpaired t-tests were used to compare road<br />
kill/km/day between fenced and unfenced sections of<br />
the causeway. Specimens observed or collected after<br />
October 29 were not included in the fenced to unfenced<br />
comparison as the gaps allowed free movement across<br />
the fence.<br />
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
Table 2. Total wildlife road kill by species found on the Long Point Causeway, from July 1 to November 14, 2008,<br />
with selected species and class totals from all other study years<br />
Common name Scientific name Total road<br />
kill 2008 1979 1980 1992 1993<br />
Table 1. Description of study zones used in road kill study. Alphabetical labels correspond to the labels on Figure 4<br />
above.<br />
Zone From To Length Current Habitat Current habitat Change since<br />
(South end) (North end) (m) West side East side 1996 study<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
E<br />
90<br />
Long Point sign Sandboy Marina 816 Dominated by Three marinas occur Phragmities<br />
(where<br />
the Causeway mailbox. bluejoint grass, along this section. invaded.<br />
meets<br />
the point) N 42 35.156' sedges, bulrush,<br />
cattails<br />
N 42 34.721' W 080 26.508' and phragmities. Open<br />
W 080 26.440' water adjacent to road.<br />
Sandboy<br />
Marina<br />
C.W.S. Mailbox. 627 Dominated by cattail, Cattail, bulrush and<br />
phragmities<br />
mailbox. N 42 35.435' bluejoint grass with<br />
some<br />
adjacent to road with<br />
open<br />
N 42 35.156' W 080 26.75' phragmities. water beyond.<br />
W 080 26.508'<br />
C.W.S. Hydro pole in 662 Wetland with open Cattail, bulrush and<br />
Mailbox. front<br />
water<br />
phragmities<br />
N 42 35.435'<br />
W 080 26.75'<br />
Hydro pole in<br />
front<br />
of second<br />
cottage<br />
north of<br />
B.C.N.W.A<br />
of second<br />
cottage<br />
north of<br />
B.C.N.W.A<br />
N 42 35.742'<br />
W 080 26.995'<br />
Middle of Big<br />
Creek<br />
ditch paralleling the<br />
Big<br />
Creek Marsh<br />
Impoundment<br />
725 Similar to C but<br />
impoundment<br />
Bridge does not extend to<br />
north end.<br />
adjacent to road with<br />
open<br />
water beyond.<br />
Approximately half this<br />
section<br />
is cottage/house<br />
development.<br />
N 42 36.092' Remaining is cattail and<br />
N 42 35.742' W 080 27.242' phragmities dominated<br />
community.<br />
W 080 26.995'<br />
Middle of Big<br />
Creek<br />
North end of 728 Cattails adjacent to<br />
road with<br />
Bridge. the causeway a shallow pond<br />
beyond.<br />
N 42 36.092'<br />
W 080 27.242'<br />
(where the<br />
causeway<br />
meets the<br />
mainland)<br />
N 42 36.4351' to road.<br />
W 080 27.514'<br />
Phragmities stands at<br />
both<br />
north and south ends<br />
adjacent<br />
Open channel runs<br />
parallel to road.<br />
Open ponds at north<br />
and south ends<br />
of this section.<br />
Phragmities<br />
invaded.<br />
Phragmities<br />
invaded.<br />
Phragmities<br />
invaded.<br />
Phragmities<br />
invaded.<br />
Amphibians<br />
Northern Leopard Frog Rana pipiens 375 9172 10753 445 7476<br />
Bullfrog Rana catesbeiana 72<br />
Green Frog Rana clamitans 18<br />
Gray Treefrog Hyla versicolor 1<br />
American Toad Bufo americanus americanus 151<br />
Unidentifiable Anuran 198<br />
Total Amphibians 815<br />
Reptiles<br />
Painted Turtle Chrysemys picta marginata 36 95 74 93 79<br />
Snapping Turtle Chelydra serpentina 96 75 74 45 78<br />
Blanding's Turtle Emydoidea blandingii 3 19 7 17 18<br />
Map Turtle Graptemys geographica 11 12 5 2 6<br />
Garter Snake Thamnophis sirtalis 92<br />
Fox Snake Elaphe vulpina gloydi 8 5 13 3 3<br />
Northern Ribbon Snake Thamnophis sauritus septentrionalis 12<br />
Unidentifiable Reptile 2<br />
Total Reptiles 260 237 219 180 228<br />
Birds<br />
Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica 11<br />
Cliff Swallow Petrochelidon pyrrhonota 1<br />
Song Sparrow Melospiza melodia 3<br />
Swamp Sparrow Melospiza georgiana 10<br />
Marsh Wren Cistothorus palustris 10<br />
American Robin Turdus migratorius 4<br />
Gray Catbird Dumetalla carolinensis 1<br />
European Starling Stumus vulgaris 1<br />
Common Grackle Quiscalus quiscula 4<br />
Red-winged Blackbird Agelaius phoeniceus 7<br />
Common Yellowthroat Geothlypis trichas 13<br />
Northern Flicker Colaptes auratus 2<br />
Morning Dove Zanaida macroura 3<br />
Rock Dove Columbia livia 1<br />
Sora Rail Porzana carolina 1<br />
Yellow Warbler Dendrocia petechia 2<br />
American Goldfinch Carduelis tristis 1<br />
Indigo Bunting Passerina cyanea 2<br />
Unidentifiable Bird 23<br />
Total Birds 100<br />
Results<br />
Total road kill counted in 2008 was 1241 animals. A<br />
total of 43 species were identified (Table 2). In 2008,<br />
amphibians composed 65.7% of road mortality, reptiles<br />
20.95%, birds 8.06%, and mammals 5.32% (Table 3).<br />
Road kill per day in 2008 was by 88.3% lower than in<br />
1979, by 85.3% lower than in 1980, by 24.7% higher than<br />
in 1992 and by 78.8% lower than in 1993 (Figure 5).<br />
The fenced section of the causeway (2.4 x 10 -3<br />
kills/km) had significantly less amphibian mortality<br />
91
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Table 2 Concluded<br />
Mammals<br />
Opossum Didelphis marsupialis 3<br />
Star-nosed Mole Condylura cristata 2<br />
Little Brown Bat Myotis lucifugus 5<br />
Red Bat Lasiurus borealis 2<br />
Long-tailed Weasel Mustela frenata 1<br />
Short-tailed Weasel Mustela erminea 1<br />
Mink Mustela vison 3<br />
Raccoon Procyon lotor 11<br />
Deer Mouse Peromyscus maniculatus 10<br />
House Mouse Mus musculus 4<br />
Meadow Vole Microtus pennsylvanicus 1<br />
Eastern Cottontail Sylvilagus floridanus 8<br />
Mouse spp. 10<br />
Unidentifiable Mammal 5<br />
Total Mammals 66<br />
Total Roadkill 1241<br />
Note: Species grouped by class: amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Dark highlights represent species of special concern<br />
(Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada – a federal designation). Light highlights represent Species at Risk<br />
(Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources – a provincial designation).<br />
than the unfenced section (5.7 x 10 -3 kills/km, p =<br />
0.0273). Most of the amphibian mortality occurred in<br />
zone E (Figure 6). The fence had no significant effect<br />
on reptiles with 1.0 x 10 -3 kill/km in the fenced section<br />
compared to 1.8 x 10 -3 kills/day in the unfenced section<br />
(p = 0.1198). The fence had no significant effect on birds<br />
with 5.2 x 10 -4 kill/km in the fenced section compared to<br />
5.5 x 10 -4 kill/km in the unfenced section (p = 0.8055).<br />
The fence also had no significant effect on mammals<br />
with 3.5 x 10 -4 kill/km in the fenced section compared<br />
with 3.1 x 10 -4 in the unfenced section (p = 0.7244)<br />
(Figure 6).<br />
Three dead Blanding’s Turtles were found during the<br />
study period, while two were found crossing the road and<br />
were moved to a safe location. Eight dead Fox Snakes were<br />
found during the study period (light highlights in Table 1).<br />
Ninety-six Snapping Turtles were found deceased during<br />
the study period (dark highlights in Table 1).<br />
Average daily traffic (ADT) in the summer months<br />
(May, June, July and August) on the causeway is listed<br />
in Table 4.<br />
Discussion<br />
It is difficult to compare the 2008 data to previous<br />
years’ data because the study did not cover the same<br />
time period, as the funding to complete the study was<br />
delayed for several months. Specifically, during 2008,<br />
data were not collected in the spring when many animals<br />
are moving. Thus, road kill totals for 2008 were likely<br />
reduced. Averaging the road kill per day does not lead<br />
92<br />
to an accurate comparison either because if spring road<br />
kill data could be included, the average road kill per day<br />
would almost certainly be higher.<br />
Figure 5. The map of Long Point causeway showing<br />
study zones. Zone boundaries are shown with<br />
alphabetical labels. Labels correspond to the zone<br />
column in Table 1. Straight line denotes approximate<br />
locations of temporary barrier fencing, crooked line<br />
denotes approximate location of marinas, dotted<br />
line denote approximate location of cottage/house<br />
development.<br />
Amphibian road kill recorded in 2008 in the fenced<br />
zones was significantly less than in the unfenced<br />
zones. However, without data collected in the spring,<br />
it is difficult to assess whether the barrier significantly<br />
reduced wildlife mortality over the same area of the<br />
causeway. There were more amphibians killed in the<br />
unfenced zones in 2008, which suggests that the fence<br />
had the desired effect, but because the effect was<br />
due solely to the high mortality in Zone E, it remains<br />
possible that it was due to fence location and not to the<br />
fence itself. Further research is needed to determine if<br />
the barrier is effective at reducing road mortality.<br />
Leopard Frog mortality in 2008 was the lowest<br />
of any year recorded (Table 2). Ashley and Robinson<br />
(1996) showed peak Leopard Frog mortality occurring<br />
in August. Presumably, Leopard Frog data in 2008<br />
are comparable to other years because most, if not<br />
all, road kills were recorded. Using road mortality<br />
as a population index suggests that the Leopard Frog<br />
population in Big Creek marsh was low in 2008.<br />
Leopard Frog populations are cyclical, so it is possible<br />
that 2008 was a year in which the population was low as<br />
part of this cycle. It is also possible that road mortality<br />
in previous years caused the apparently lower Leopard<br />
Frog population in 2008. However, the numbers of<br />
Kill/Day<br />
90.0<br />
80.0<br />
70.0<br />
60.0<br />
50.0<br />
40.0<br />
30.0<br />
20.0<br />
10.0<br />
1979, 77.7<br />
1980, 61.4<br />
Table 3. Total mortality and percent mortality by class<br />
over all years<br />
Year Total kill % Amp. % Rep. % Birds % Mam.<br />
1979 10872 92.3 2.2 4.6 0.9<br />
1980 12038 95.2 1.8 2.4 0.5<br />
1992 1269 56.0 14.2 22.8 7.0<br />
1993 8323 93.9 2.7 2.7 0.6<br />
2008 1241 65.7 21.0 8.1 5.3<br />
Table 4. Summer traffic volume on the Long Point<br />
causeway 1978–2008<br />
Year<br />
Summer average daily<br />
number of vehicles<br />
1978 2800<br />
1992 3050 +9%<br />
2005 3126 +2%<br />
2006 2839 -9%<br />
2007 2640 -7%<br />
2008 2780 +5%<br />
1993, 42.7<br />
1992, 6.8<br />
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
Change from<br />
previous year<br />
2008, 9.1<br />
0.0<br />
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010<br />
Year<br />
Figure 6. Road kill/day for the years 1979, 1980, 1992 and 1993. Road kill/day is shown separated from year by a<br />
comma. The 1979 study period was 140 days (n = 10872), 1980 study period was 196 days (n = 12038), 1992 study<br />
period was 186 days (n = 1269), 1993 study period was 195 days (n = 8323), and the 2008 study period was 137 days<br />
(n = 1241).<br />
93
Sustainable Planning Instruments and Biodiversity Conservation<br />
Kill/km/day<br />
0.00<br />
A B C(W/in) C(Out) D E<br />
Zone<br />
Fenced<br />
Unfenced<br />
Figure 7. Comparison of wildlife road mortality/km/day along fenced and unfenced sections of the Long Point<br />
causeway. Note: half of zone C was fenced.<br />
frogs killed in the other years for which there are<br />
data show no clear downward trend (Leopard Frog<br />
mortality closely tracks the data presented in Figure<br />
5 since these numbers are largely made up of Leopard<br />
Frogs). A steady decline in road kill from year to year<br />
would be expected if road mortality was causing an<br />
overall population decline. Thus, data are required<br />
from subsequent years to determine if the population<br />
has declined or was just at a cyclical low.<br />
Even with a shortened study, the period of total<br />
reptile kill in 2008 remained fairly consistent with<br />
other years (Table 2). The reptile mortality was mostly<br />
composed of Snapping Turtles, which have been listed<br />
as a species of special concern by the Committee on the<br />
Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC)<br />
(COSEWIC, 2008). Traffic volume on the causeway<br />
has not increased since 1978 (Table 4). As there has<br />
been no increase in traffic and no decline in reptile<br />
mortality, the causeway apparently has not reduced the<br />
reptile population of the marsh. However, there is a high<br />
probability that the causeway is killing more female<br />
turtles than males and therefore could be skewing the<br />
sex ratio (Steen et al, 2006; Aresco, 2005b). Over time,<br />
this could cause a turtle population decline in Big Creek<br />
Marsh, which supports the need for a permanent solution<br />
(see Ecoplans, 2008).<br />
94<br />
4.00<br />
3.50<br />
3.00<br />
2.50<br />
2.00<br />
1.50<br />
1.00<br />
0.50<br />
Reptiles Amphibians Birds Mammals<br />
Conclusions<br />
More often than not the lack of consistent time series of<br />
data constrains the drawing of conclusions with respect<br />
to the anthropogenic stresses on animal populations.<br />
This study is a perfect example. If the conservation<br />
community is to succinctly demonstrate to society that<br />
past practices – such as the construction of the Long<br />
Point Causeway – have a serious detrimental effect<br />
on animal populations including endangered species,<br />
ecosystem monitoring must become a priority and<br />
consistently receive appropriate and timely funding.<br />
If funding is secured, the Long Point Causeway road<br />
mortality monitoring will continue in 2009, which will<br />
help address the data gaps. But such monitoring is not the<br />
only data required. The population sizes of endangered<br />
and other species need to be determined in order to<br />
identify the population-level threats imposed by the road<br />
mortality. Proper ecosystem monitoring is a resourceintensive<br />
undertaking requiring sound science.<br />
Road kill is not the only issue. The Long Point<br />
Causeway has also disrupted the natural hydrological<br />
processes between the marsh and Long Point Inner<br />
Bay and the impacts of this disruption have not been<br />
studied. There are also human safety concerns due<br />
to the causeways’ narrow road and lack of adequate<br />
shoulders. Common sense suggests these issues should<br />
be addressed.<br />
The Long Point World Biosphere Reserve Foundation<br />
leads a steering committee of over 18 federal, provincial,<br />
and municipal government agencies and non-governmental<br />
organizations charged with determining the most<br />
effective means to reduce wildlife road mortality, restore<br />
hydrological connections, and provide for safe wildlife<br />
movement between Big Creek Marsh and Inner Bay.<br />
In implementing causeway improvements to address<br />
these main objectives, there are also opportunities to<br />
provide improved safety on the Long Point Causeway for<br />
motorists, residents, pedestrians and cyclists.<br />
Ecoplans Limited, a Canadian environmental<br />
consulting company with expertise in road ecology<br />
issues, was contracted to identify and develop practical<br />
short- and long-term solutions to improve the causeway<br />
and address the above-noted objectives. Measures<br />
enacted in 2008 include the installation of temporary<br />
silt fencing to restrict the movement of animals onto<br />
the road and an associated monitoring program, habitat<br />
enhancement, and a public awareness and education<br />
campaign including mobile/active road signage. Longtem<br />
measures include: 1) creating an ecopassage system<br />
including a series of passages (culverts/bridges) and<br />
funnel wall to safely direct animals under the causeway<br />
between the marsh and Inner Bay; 2) re-establishing<br />
the hydrological connection between the marsh and<br />
the Inner Bay that allows for seasonal exchange of flow<br />
and nutrients; 3) enhancing wildlife habitat elements<br />
(turtle nesting habitat); 4) providing improved safety<br />
and recreational opportunities for both local residents<br />
and others who wish to enjoy the Long Point World<br />
Biosphere Reserve; 5) providing signage to raise<br />
public awareness; 6) calming traffic; and 7) consistent<br />
ecosystem monitoring (Gartshore et al, 2009).<br />
The complete Long Point Causeway Improvement<br />
Plan and recent activities can be accessed at www.<br />
longpointcauseway.com.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
We would like to thank Dr. Scott Petrie and Dr. Ted<br />
Barney (Long Point Waterfowl), Paul Ashley (Parks<br />
Canada), Pud Hunter (Ontario Ministry of Natural<br />
Resources) and Dr. Dave Ankney (Professor Emeritus,<br />
University of Western Ontario), for their many<br />
suggestions and editing. We would like to thank the<br />
Long Point Causeway Improvement Project Steering<br />
Committee for their financial support and input,<br />
especially the Monitoring Advisory sub-committee<br />
of Rick Levick (project manager), Scott Gillingwater<br />
Road Mortality on the Long Point Causeway in 2008<br />
(Upper Thames Conservation Authority), Jeff Robinson<br />
(Canadian Wildlife Service), Jon McCracken (Bird<br />
Studies Canada), Pud Hunter, and Dr. Dave Ankney.<br />
We would also like to thank Environment Canada for<br />
funding this project via its Science Horizons Internship<br />
program.<br />
References<br />
Ament, R., Clevenger, A. P., Yu, O., and Hardy, A. 2008. An<br />
assessment of road impacts on wildlife populations in U.S.<br />
national parks. Environmental Management 42: 480–496.<br />
Aresco, M. J. 2005a. Mitigation measures to reduce highway<br />
mortality of turtles and other herpetofauna at a north<br />
Florida lake. Journal of Wildlife Management 69(2):<br />
549–560.<br />
Aresco, M. J. 2005b. The effect of sex-specific terrestrial<br />
movements and roads on the sex ratio of freshwater turtles.<br />
Biological Conservation 123(1): 37–44.<br />
Ashley, P. E., and Robinson, J. T. 1996. Road mortality of<br />
amphibians, reptiles and other wildlife on the Long Point<br />
causeway, Lake Erie, Ontario. Canadian Field Naturalist<br />
110(3): 403–412.<br />
Ashley, P. E, Kosloski, A., and Petrie, S. A. 2007 Incidence of<br />
intentional vehicle reptile collisions. Human Dimensions<br />
of Wildlife 12(3): 137–143.<br />
COSEWIC. 2008. COSEWIC wildlife species assessments<br />
(detailed version), November 2008. http://www.cosewic.<br />
gc.ca/rpts/Detailed_Species_Assessments_e.htm<br />
Craig, B., Francis G. 1993. Long Point Ecosystem Stresses,<br />
Department of Environment and Resource Studies,<br />
University of Waterloo, unpublished.<br />
Ecoplans 2008. Long Point causeway improvement plan.<br />
59 p.<br />
Gartshore, G., Thompson, G., Cox C., Harrington, A., Scott,<br />
M., Craig, B., Jongerden P., and Levick, R. 2008. Long<br />
Point World Biosphere Reserve Causeway Improvement<br />
Plan. Poster Presentation at the 2 nd Scientific Conference of<br />
the North Vidzeme Biosphere Reserve, Valmiera, Latvia.<br />
Glista, D. J., Devault, T. L., and Dewoody, J. A. 2008.<br />
Vertebrate road mortality predominantly impacts amphibians.<br />
Herpetological Conservation and Biology 3(1):<br />
77–87.<br />
Langen, T. A., Ogden, K. M., and Schwarting, L. L. 2009.<br />
Predicting hot spots of herpetofauna road mortality along<br />
highway networks. Journal of Wildlife Management 73(1):<br />
104–114.<br />
Steen, D. A., Aresco, M. J., Beilke, S. G., Compton, B.<br />
W., Condon, E. P., Dodd Jr., Kenneth C., Forrester,<br />
H., Gibbons, J. W., Greene, J. L., Johnson, G., Lange,<br />
T. A., Oldham, M. J., Oxier, D. N., Saumure, R. A.,<br />
Schueler, F. W., Sleeman, J. M., Smith, L. L., Tucker, J. K.<br />
& Gibbs, J. P. 2006. Relative vulnerability of female turtles<br />
to road mortality. Animal Conservation 9: 269–273.<br />
95
Sustainable Planning Instruments<br />
and Biodiversity Conservation, 2009<br />
Publisher: University of Latvia Press<br />
Baznīcas iela 5, Latvija, LV-1010<br />
Printed by Ltd. “Latgales Druka”